Methods for modifying hypotubes

[0001] The present application is a continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/013,376, filed on Aug. 29, 2013, which is a continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/953,540, filed on Jul. 29, 2013.

[0002] Any and all applications for which a foreign or domestic priority claim is identified in the Application Data Sheet as filed with the present application, as well as U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/952,982, filed on Jul. 29, 2013, and U.S. Provisional Patent App. No. 61/798,540, filed on Mar. 15, 2013, are hereby incorporated by reference under 37 C.F.R. §1.57.

[0003] 1. Field

[0004] The present disclosure generally relates to devices, systems, methods for making, and methods for use in vascular procedures such as thrombectomy and/or flow diversion. Several embodiments relate to thrombectomy systems and methods for providing approaches for the treatment of stroke, peripheral vascular disease, coronary artery disease, saphenous vein graft disease, clogged hemodialysis grafts, cerebral venous sinus thrombosis, and deep venous thrombosis. Several embodiments relate to flow diversion and flow disruption systems and methods for providing approaches for the treatment of brain arterial aneurysms, aortic aneurysms, cardiac wall aneurysms, atrial septal defects and aneurysms including patent foramen ovale, ventricular septal defects and aneurysms, coronary arterial aneurysms, peripheral arterial aneurysms, renal arterial aneurysms, and vascular malformations including arterio-venous malformations and arterio-venous fistulae of the brain, spine, coronary and peripheral vasculature.

[0005] 2. Description of the Related Art

[0006] Stroke is the leading cause of long term disability in the United States and the second leading cause of death worldwide with over 4.4 million deaths in a year (1999). There are over 795,000 new strokes every year in the United States. Around 85% of all strokes are acute ischemic strokes caused from a blockage in a blood vessel or a blood clot occluding a blood vessel. In 1996, the FDA approved a thrombolytic drug to dissolve blood clots called recombinant tissue plasminogen activator (r-tpa). Despite practice guidelines from multiple national organizations stating that intravenous r-tpa is the standard of care for patients with acute ischemic stroke within 3 hours from symptom onset, only 3-4% of patients with acute ischemic stroke received this drug in the United States. Unlike intravenous r-tpa, catheter-based therapies for mechanical thrombectomy can be used for up to 8 hours or beyond from acute ischemic stroke symptom onset and could benefit more people. With advances in regional stroke networks, an increasing number of stroke patients are able to obtain access to intra-arterial thrombolysis and therapies.

[0007] Certain embodiments described herein disclose devices and methods for removing a thrombus or thrombi. These thrombi include, but are not limited to, blood clots (e.g., attached to the blood vessel) and emboli (e.g., floating blood clots), as well as other debris. Several embodiments provide devices comprising multiple bulbs. Vessels or other tissues in the body can become partially or fully clogged or blocked by a thrombus or thrombi. Although some clot retrievers or thrombectomy devices that employ a laser cut hypotube on a distal end of a wire are commercially available, some embodiments disclosed herein do not use laser cut struts and are gentle on the vessel wall, while effectively and efficiently capturing a thrombus in any location in the body. Some devices can be torsional rasped (e.g., wrung or twisted) to help capture thrombi. Certain embodiments described herein disclose devices and methods for treating aneurysms, vascular malformations, fistulas, and the like.

[0008] Several embodiments of the devices and methods described herein may be particularly beneficial by achieving one, some, or all of the following advantages:

[0009] adapted for, and gentle on, the fragile blood vessels in contrast to an expansile laser-cut stent-based mechanical thrombectomy device;

[0010] tapered to at least partially mimic the tapering of the human blood vessels, which can allow for the use of a single tapered device to remove blood clots extending across different tapering blood vessel diameters;

[0011] flexible during deployment and retrieval in tortuous human blood vessels, which can allow for longer usable lengths of the device;

[0012] comprises a usable length customizable to the length of a thrombus or clot burden without having to use multiple devices to remove the thrombus piecemeal;

[0013] a textile structure-based mechanical thrombectomy device that can allow for torsional rasping of the textile structure around a thrombus to entrap and retrieve the thrombus;

[0014] patterns of radiopaque filaments or wires that increase visibility under X-ray fluoroscopy;

[0015] allows for longitudinal crowding of filaments that varies pore sizes of certain sections during operation for selective filtering into bifurcated vessels;

[0016] patterns of radiopaque filaments or wires provide measurement estimates under X-ray fluoroscopy;

[0017] provides filtering of distal emboli or debris that may be released;

[0018] employs processes to couple a textile structure to a hypotube by bonding of different metals or alloys;

[0019] has a low overall profile in which the outer diameter of the mechanical thrombectomy device in the collapsed configuration is less than, e.g., about 0.0125 inches (approx. 0.317 mm);

[0020] has a low overall profile in which the mechanical thrombectomy device in the collapsed configuration can be deployed using a microcatheter that has an inner lumen diameter of less than, e.g., about 0.014 inch (approx. 0.355 mm);

[0021] varying slit patterns along the length of a hypotube, which can provide distal flexibility and proximal support;

[0022] varying shape set properties along the length of a hypotube, which can provide distal flexibility and proximal support;

[0023] a hypotube that can support the ability to perform torsional rasping of a thrombus;

[0024] a laser-cut hypotube with multiple transition points incorporated as the core braid for the wall of the microcatheter, which can allow for distal flexibility and proximal support for allowing the safe and effective deployment of the textile structure based mechanical thrombectomy device;

[0025] can be used without a separate embolic protection member (e.g., distal embolic protection member) to capture emboli;

[0026] can be used without reversal of blood flow, or otherwise impeding blood flow, to protect against release of distal emboli; and/or

[0027] can be used without a balloon or other inflation device.

[0028] In some embodiments, a method of treating a thrombus in a vessel with self-expanding bulbs comprises advancing a guidewire in the vessel proximal to the thrombus, advancing a guide catheter in the vessel and over the guidewire, after advancing the guide catheter, removing the guidewire from the vessel, and advancing a microwire in the vessel and through the guide catheter. Advancing the microwire includes crossing the thrombus (e.g., crossing the distal-most portion of the thrombus by 0.5 mm to 5 mm). The method further comprises advancing a microcatheter in the vessel and over the microwire. Advancing the microcatheter includes crossing the thrombus with a distal end of the microcatheter. The method further comprises, after advancing the microcatheter, removing the microwire from the vessel, and, after removing the microwire, inserting a thrombectomy device from an introducer sheath into the microcatheter. The thrombectomy device includes an elongate support structure and a delivery system coupled to the elongate support structure. The elongate support structure includes a plurality of wires woven to form a textile fabric. The elongate support structure may comprise or consist essentially of at least three (e.g., at least four, at least six, at least ten, etc.) self-expanding bulbs, a plurality of necks (e.g., longitudinally between and radially inward of the self-expanding bulbs), and a distal neck (e.g., radially inward of a distal-most bulb of the self-expanding bulbs). The delivery system includes a hypotube including a plurality of longitudinally-spaced kerfs including a plurality of interspersed cut patterns. A pitch of the plurality of longitudinally-spaced kerfs varies longitudinally along the hypotube. Each of the plurality of longitudinally-spaced kerfs includes rounded edges. The method further comprises, after inserting the thrombectomy device from the introducer sheath into the microcatheter, advancing the thrombectomy device in the vessel and through the microcatheter proximate to the distal end of the microcatheter. Advancing the thrombectomy device includes crossing the thrombus with the distal-most bulb of the self-expanding bulbs. The method further comprises, after advancing the thrombectomy device, maintaining a location of the delivery system of the thrombectomy device while retracting the microcatheter. Upon being unsheathed from the microcatheter, at least some of the self-expanding bulbs of the elongate support structure of the thrombectomy device self-expand from a radially compressed state to a radially expanded state. The microcatheter, in several embodiments, is retracted at least until the distal end of the microcatheter is proximal to the thrombus. The method further comprises retracting the microcatheter and the delivery system of the thrombectomy device into the guide catheter. During retraction of the microcatheter and the delivery system of the thrombectomy device, the some of the self-expanding bulbs remain in the radially expanded state, while others of the self-expanding bulbs of the elongate support structure of the thrombectomy device in the radially contracted state remain in the radially contracted state. In some embodiments, all the bulbs are partially or fully expanded during retraction. In other embodiments, all the bulbs are partially or fully contracted during retraction.

[0029] The method may further comprise, before retracting the microcatheter and the delivery system of the thrombectomy device into the guide catheter, torsionally rasping the thrombectomy device to, for example, remove portions of the thrombus attached to an endothelium wall, entrap the thrombus in the radially expanded elongate support structure of the thrombectomy device, and/or collect emboli in the radially expanded elongate support structure. Retracting the microcatheter and the delivery system may be performed at a similar rate and while optionally applying negative pressure to the vessel. The vessel may comprise a blood vessel in a brain, leg, or other vessel or structure in the body.

[0030] In some embodiments, a method of treating a thrombus in a vessel with self-expanding bulbs comprises advancing a thrombectomy device through a microcatheter in the vessel and across the thrombus. The thrombectomy device includes an elongate support structure including more than two self-expanding bulbs and a delivery system coupled to the elongate support structure. The delivery system includes a hypotube including a plurality of longitudinally-spaced kerfs. The method further comprises retracting the microcatheter and expanding at least a portion of the elongate support structure of the thrombectomy device from a radially compressed state to a radially expanded state, torsionally rasping the thrombectomy device including entrapping the thrombus in the portion of the elongate support structure, and retracting the microcatheter and the delivery system of the thrombectomy device into a guide catheter in the vessel. Although the bulbs are self-expanding in several embodiments, bulbs that expand upon exertion of force (e.g., mechanical force) can be substituted in various embodiments described herein.

[0031] The elongate support structure may comprise at least two of the two or more bulbs having different outer diameters in the radially expanded state. The elongate support structure may be tapered. The plurality of longitudinally spaced kerfs of the hypotube may include a plurality of interspersed cut patterns. A pitch of the plurality of longitudinally spaced kerfs of the hypotube may vary longitudinally along the hypotube. The thrombectomy device in the radially compressed state may have a thickness less than 0.0125 inches. Torsionally rasping the thrombectomy device may include removing portions of the thrombus attached to an endothelium wall. Torsionally rasping the thrombectomy device may include collecting one or more emboli released from the thrombus in the portion of the elongate support structure. Expanding the portion of the elongate support structure from the radially compressed state to the radially expanded state may comprise expanding the vessel by 0% to 30%. During torsionally rasping the thrombectomy device, a ratio of rotation of the delivery system of the thrombectomy device to rotation of the elongate support structure of the thrombectomy device may be between 1:0.5 and 1:0.25. Torsionally rasping the thrombectomy device may comprise rotating the delivery system of the thrombectomy device at least 360 degrees, resulting in a rotation of the elongate support structure of the thrombectomy device of less than 360 degrees. The vessel may comprise a blood vessel in a brain, leg, or other vessel or structure in the body.

[0032] In some embodiments, a method of treating a thrombus in a vessel with self-expanding bulbs comprises advancing a thrombectomy device through a microcatheter in the vessel. The thrombectomy device includes a plurality of self-expanding bulbs and a hypotube coupled to the self-expanding bulbs. The method further comprises retracting the microcatheter to expand from a radially compressed state to a radially expanded state at least some of the plurality of self-expanding bulbs, entrapping the thrombus in at least some of the plurality of self-expanding bulbs in the radially expanded state, and retracting the microcatheter and the thrombectomy device.

[0033] The hypotube may include a plurality of longitudinally-spaced kerfs. The method may further comprise torsionally rasping the thrombectomy device. Torsionally rasping the thrombectomy device may include entrapping the thrombus in the at least some of the plurality of self-expanding bulbs in the radially expanded state. The vessel may comprise a blood vessel in a brain, leg, or other vessel or structure in the body.

[0034] In some embodiments, a thrombectomy device comprises, or consists essentially of, an elongate support structure, a delivery system, and a bonding zone where the delivery system is coupled to the elongate support structure. The elongate support structure includes a plurality of shape-memory and radiopaque wires woven to form a textile fabric having a collapsed state and an expanded state. The elongate support structure includes, or consists essentially of, a plurality of self-expanding generally spherical bulbs in the expanded state, necks longitudinally between and radially inward of the self-expanding bulbs, and a distal neck distal to and radially inward of a distal-most bulb of the self-expanding bulbs. In one embodiment, the plurality of bulbs consists essentially of five to fifteen bulbs that have rounded or curved portions. In several embodiments, the plurality of self-expanding generally spherical bulbs includes a first bulb, a second bulb distal to the first bulb, a third bulb distal to the second bulb, a fourth bulb distal to the third bulb, a fifth bulb distal to the fourth bulb, a sixth bulb distal to the fifth bulb, a seventh bulb distal to the sixth bulb, an eighth bulb distal to the seventh bulb, a ninth bulb distal to the eighth bulb, and a tenth bulb distal to the ninth bulb. The first bulb and the second bulb have a first diameter. The third bulb and the fourth bulb have a second diameter smaller than the first diameter. The fifth bulb, the sixth bulb, and the seventh bulb have a third diameter smaller than the second diameter. The eighth bulb, the ninth bulb, and the tenth bulb have a fourth diameter smaller than the third diameter. The distal neck includes a coated distal end in several embodiments. The delivery system may include a hypotube including two longitudinally interspersed and circumferentially staggered cut patterns. The cut patterns may each include a plurality of rows each including two longitudinally-spaced kerfs angled with respect to a longitudinal axis of the hypotube and including rounded edges. A longitudinally-spacing of the kerfs may vary along the hypotube. The bonding zone includes a radiopaque marker band in some embodiments.

[0035] An outer diameter of the elongate support structure in the collapsed state may be less than about 0.0125 inches. An outer diameter of the elongate support structure in the collapsed state may be in a range of about 0.1-0.9 mm (e.g., about 0.25 mm to about 0.5 mm). The first diameter may be about 4.5 mm. The second diameter may be about 4 mm. The third diameter may be about 3.5 mm. The fourth diameter may be about 3 mm.

[0036] In some embodiments, a thrombectomy device comprises an elongate support structure and a delivery system. The elongate support structure includes a plurality of wires woven to form a textile fabric having a collapsed state and an expanded state. The elongate support structure includes a plurality of longitudinally-spaced self-expanding bulbs in the expanded state. The delivery system includes a hypotube including a plurality of longitudinally interspersed cut patterns each including a plurality of rows of longitudinally-spaced kerfs.

[0037] The plurality of bulbs may comprise or consist essentially of ten or more bulbs. At least two of the plurality of bulbs may have different outer diameters in the expanded state. At least two of the plurality of bulbs may have different shapes in the expanded state. At least one of the plurality of bulbs may have a spherical shape in the expanded state. At least one of the plurality of bulbs may have a oblong shape in the expanded state. Longitudinal spacing between the plurality of bulbs may be constant. The plurality of wires may include shape memory and radiopaque wires. The radiopaque wires may be clustered to enhance visibility under x-ray. An outer diameter of the elongate support structure in the collapsed state may be less than about 0.0125 inches. Each of the rows may be angled with respect to a longitudinal axis of the hypotube. The kerfs may include rounded edges. Although ten or more bulbs (e.g., 15, 20, 25, 30, or more bulbs) are provided in some embodiments, fewer than ten bulbs are provided in other embodiments (for example, for shorter targeted segments).

[0038] In some embodiments, a device for treating a thrombus in a vessel comprises or consists essentially of an elongate support structure including a plurality of wires woven to form a textile structure including a plurality of bulbs in a radially expanded state, a delivery system including a hypotube including at least two interspersed patterns of longitudinally-spaced rows of kerfs, and a bonding zone where the delivery system may be coupled to the elongate support structure. The bonding zone includes a radiopaque marker band in some embodiments.

[0039] The bonding zone may include a proximal end of the elongate support structure within a distal end of the delivery system. The bonding zone may include a proximal end of the elongate support structure over a distal end of the delivery system. The bonding zone may include a distal end of the elongate support structure over a distal end of the delivery system.

[0040] In some embodiments, a method of treating a thrombus in a vessel with self-expanding bulbs comprises advancing a microwire in the vessel and through a guide catheter. Advancing the microwire includes crossing the thrombus with a distal end of the microwire. The method further comprises advancing a microcatheter in the vessel and over the microwire. Advancing the microcatheter includes crossing the thrombus with a distal end of the microcatheter. The method further comprises, after advancing the microcatheter, removing the microwire from the vessel, and, after removing the microwire, inserting a thrombectomy device in a radially compressed state into the microcatheter. The thrombectomy device includes a distal portion and a proximal portion bonded to the distal portion. The distal portion includes a plurality of wires woven to form a textile fabric. The distal portion comprises at least three (e.g., at least four, at least six, at least ten, etc.) self-expanding bulbs and necks between and radially inward of the self-expanding bulbs. The proximal portion includes a hypotube including a plurality of longitudinally-spaced kerfs including a plurality of interspersed cut patterns. A pitch of the plurality of longitudinally-spaced kerfs varies longitudinally along the hypotube. The method further comprises, after inserting the thrombectomy device into the microcatheter, advancing the thrombectomy device in the vessel and through the microcatheter proximate to the distal end of the microcatheter. Advancing the thrombectomy device includes crossing the thrombus with the distal-most bulb of the self-expanding bulbs. The method further comprises, after advancing the thrombectomy device, maintaining a location of the proximal portion of the thrombectomy device while proximally retracting the microcatheter. Upon being unsheathed from the microcatheter, at least some of the self-expanding bulbs of the elongate support structure of the thrombectomy device self-expand from a radially compressed state to a radially expanded state. Retracting the microcatheter is at least until the distal end of the microcatheter is proximal to the thrombus. The method further comprises, after retracting the microcatheter, torsionally rasping the thrombectomy device including removing portions of the thrombus attached to an endothelium wall, entrapping the thrombus in the radially expanded distal portion of the thrombectomy device, and collecting emboli in the radially expanded distal portion of the thrombectomy device. The method further comprises, after torsionally rasping the thrombectomy device, retracting at a similar rate the microcatheter and the proximal portion of the thrombectomy device. The vessel may comprise a blood vessel in a brain, leg, or other vessel or structure in the body.

[0041] In some embodiments, a method of treating a thrombus in a vessel with self-expanding bulbs comprises expanding from a radially compressed state to a radially expanded state a plurality of self-expanding bulbs of a distal portion of a thrombectomy device, entrapping the thrombus in at least some of the plurality of self-expanding bulbs in the radially expanded state, and retracting the thrombectomy device from the vessel.

[0042] The distal portion of the thrombectomy device comprises at least two of the plurality of bulbs may have different outer diameters in the radially expanded state. The distal portion of the thrombectomy device may be tapered. The distal portion of the thrombectomy device may comprise at least two of the plurality of self-expanding bulbs having different shapes in the radially expanded state. The distal portion of the thrombectomy device may comprise at least two of the plurality of self-expanding bulbs separated by a neck. The thrombectomy device may comprise a proximal portion coupled to the distal portion. The proximal portion may include a hypotube including a plurality of longitudinally spaced kerfs. The plurality of longitudinally spaced kerfs may include a plurality of interspersed cut patterns. A pitch of the plurality of longitudinally spaced kerfs may vary longitudinally along the hypotube. At least some of the plurality of longitudinally spaced kerfs may include rounded edges. Expanding the plurality of self-expanding bulbs may include proximally retracting a microcatheter surrounding the plurality of self-expanding bulbs in the radially compressed state. Retracting the microcatheter may be at least until a distal end of the microcatheter is proximal to the thrombus. Retracting the thrombectomy device from the vessel comprises retracting the microcatheter may be at a similar rate. Entrapping the thrombus may include torsionally rasping the thrombectomy device. The vessel may comprise a blood vessel in a brain, leg, or other vessel or structure in the body.

[0043] In some embodiments, a method of treating a thrombus in a vessel with self-expanding bulbs comprises torsionally rasping a distal portion of a thrombectomy device. The distal portion includes a plurality of self-expanding bulbs. Torsionally rasping may effect at least one of: removing portions of the thrombus attached to an endothelium wall of the vessel, entrapping the thrombus in the distal portion of the thrombectomy device, and collecting emboli in the distal portion of the thrombectomy device.

[0044] Torsionally rasping the distal portion of the thrombectomy device may comprise rotating a proximal portion of the thrombectomy device coupled to the distal portion of the thrombectomy device. The proximal portion may include a hypotube including a plurality of longitudinally-spaced kerfs. The vessel may comprise a blood vessel in a brain, leg, or other vessel or structure in the body.

[0045] In some embodiments, a device for treating a thrombus in a vessel comprises a distal portion and a proximal portion coupled to a proximal end of the distal portion. The distal portion includes a plurality of wires woven to form a textile structure. The plurality of wires includes radiopaque wires and shape-memory wires. The distal portion includes at least ten self-expanding bulbs, at least nine necks longitudinally between the ten self-expanding bulbs and radially inward of the ten self-expanding bulbs, and a distal neck distal to the distal-most of the at least ten self-expanding bulbs. The proximal portion includes a hypotube having a longitudinal axis. The proximal portion comprises a first pattern of longitudinally-spaced rows each including two kerfs and two stems and a second pattern of longitudinally-spaced rows each including two kerfs and two stems. The rows of the first pattern are at an angle with respect to the longitudinal axis of the hypotube. The two kerfs in each of the rows of the first pattern have rounded edges. The two stems in each of the rows of the first pattern are circumferentially 180° apart. The stems of the first pattern are offset in a first circumferential direction. A pitch of the longitudinally-spaced rows of the first pattern varies longitudinally along the hypotube. The rows of the second pattern is at an angle with respect to the longitudinal axis of the hypotube. The two kerfs in each of the rows of the second pattern have rounded edges. The two stems in each of the rows of the second pattern are circumferentially 180° apart. The rows of the second pattern are singly alternatingly interspersed with the rows of the first pattern. The stems of the second pattern offset in a second circumferential direction opposite the first circumferential direction. A pitch of the longitudinally-spaced kerfs of the second pattern varies longitudinally along the hypotube.

[0046] The at least ten self-expanding bulbs may comprise a first bulb, a second bulb distal to the first bulb, a third bulb distal to the second bulb, a fourth bulb distal to the third bulb, a fifth bulb distal to the fourth bulb, a sixth bulb distal to the fifth bulb, a seventh bulb distal to the sixth bulb, an eighth bulb distal to the seventh bulb, a ninth bulb distal to the eighth bulb, and a tenth bulb distal to the ninth bulb. The first bulb and the second bulb may have a first diameter. The third bulb and the fourth bulb may have a second diameter smaller than the first diameter. The fifth bulb, the sixth bulb, and the seventh bulb may have a third diameter smaller than the second diameter. The eighth bulb, the ninth bulb, and the tenth bulb may have a fourth diameter smaller than the third diameter. The second bulb may have a generally spherical shape. The third bulb may have a generally oblong shape. The fourth bulb may have a generally spherical shape. The fifth bulb may have a generally oblong shape. The sixth bulb may have a generally spherical shape. The seventh bulb may have a generally spherical shape. The eighth bulb may have a generally oblong shape. The ninth bulb may have a generally spherical shape. The tenth bulb may have a generally spherical shape.

[0047] In some embodiments, a device for treating a thrombus in a vessel comprises a first portion and a second portion bonded to the first portion. The first portion includes a plurality of wires woven to form a textile structure. The plurality of wires includes radiopaque wires and shape-memory wires, the textile structure includes a plurality of bulbs spaced by a plurality of necks in a radially expanded state. The second portion includes a hypotube having a longitudinal axis. The hypotube includes at least two interspersed patterns of longitudinally-spaced rows of kerfs. A pitch of the longitudinally-spaced rows of kerfs varies along the longitudinal axis of the hypotube.

[0048] The plurality of bulbs may include ten or more bulbs. Fewer bulbs are included in some embodiments. At least two of the plurality of bulbs may have different outer diameters in the radially expanded state. At least two of the plurality of bulbs may have different shapes in the radially expanded state. At least one of the plurality of bulbs may have a spherical shape in the radially expanded state. At least one of the plurality of bulbs may have an oblong shape in the radially expanded state. The radiopaque wires are spaced or clustered to increase visibility under x-ray. Each of the rows may be angled with respect to the longitudinal axis of the hypotube. Each of the rows may include two kerfs and two stems. The stems in each of the rows may be circumferentially 180° apart. The at least two interspersed patterns may include a first pattern including the stems circumferentially offset in a first direction and a second pattern including the stems circumferentially offset in a second direction opposite the first direction.

[0049] In some embodiments, a device for treating a thrombus in a vessel comprises a first portion including a plurality of wires woven to form a textile structure including a plurality of bulbs in a radially expanded state, a second portion including a hypotube including at least two interspersed patterns of longitudinally-spaced rows of kerfs, and a joint coupling the first portion and the second portion.

[0050] The joint may include lead-free solder. The joint may include a proximal end of the first portion within a distal end of the second portion. The joint may include a proximal end of the first portion over a distal end of the second portion. The joint may include a distal end of the first portion over a distal end of the second portion.

[0051] In some embodiments, a device for treating a thrombus in a vessel comprises a plurality of wires woven to form a textile fabric. The textile fabric includes ten self-expanding bulbs, nine necks longitudinally between the ten self-expanding bulbs, and a distal neck distal to the distal-most of the ten self-expanding bulbs. The plurality of wires includes a plurality of radiopaque wires and a plurality of shape-memory wires.

[0052] The ten self-expanding bulbs may comprise a first bulb, a second bulb distal to the first bulb, a third bulb distal to the second bulb, a fourth bulb distal to the third bulb, a fifth bulb distal to the fourth bulb, a sixth bulb distal to the fifth bulb, a seventh bulb distal to the sixth bulb, an eighth bulb distal to the seventh bulb, a ninth bulb distal to the eighth bulb, and a tenth bulb distal to the ninth bulb. The first bulb and the second bulb may have a first diameter. The third bulb and the fourth bulb may have a second diameter smaller than the first diameter. The fifth bulb, the sixth bulb, and the seventh bulb may have a third diameter smaller than the second diameter. The eighth bulb, the ninth bulb, and the tenth bulb may have a fourth diameter smaller than the third diameter. The first bulb may have a generally oblong shape. The second bulb may have a generally spherical shape. The third bulb may have a generally oblong shape. The fourth bulb may have a generally spherical shape. The fifth bulb may have a generally oblong shape. The sixth bulb may have a generally spherical shape. The seventh bulb may have a generally spherical shape. The eighth bulb may have a generally oblong shape. The ninth bulb may have a generally spherical shape. The tenth bulb may have a generally spherical shape. The first bulb and the second bulb may have a first diameter. The third bulb and the fourth bulb may have a second diameter smaller than the first diameter. The fifth bulb, the sixth bulb, and the seventh bulb may have a third diameter smaller than the second diameter. The eighth bulb, the ninth bulb, and the tenth bulb may have a fourth diameter smaller than the third diameter.

[0053] In some embodiments, a device for treating a thrombus in a vessel comprises a plurality of wires woven to form a textile fabric including a plurality of bulbs spaced by a plurality of necks in a radially expanded state. The plurality of wires includes shape-memory wires and clustered radiopaque wires.

[0054] The radiopaque wires may include platinum tungsten. The shape memory wires may include nickel titanium. The plurality of bulbs may include ten bulbs. At least two of the plurality of bulbs may have different outer diameters in the radially expanded state. A diameter of the device in a collapsed state may be no more than about 0.0125 inches (approx. 0.317 mm). At least two of the plurality of bulbs may have different shapes in the radially expanded state. At least one of the plurality of bulbs may have a spherical shape in the radially expanded state. At least one of the plurality of bulbs may have an oblong shape in the radially expanded state.

[0055] In some embodiments, a device for treating a thrombus in a vessel comprises a plurality of wires woven to form a textile fabric including a radially collapsed state having a diameter between about 0.1 mm and about 0.9 mm (e.g., between about 0.25 mm and about 0.5 mm) and a radially expanded state having a diameter between about 1 mm and about 30 mm (e.g., between about 1 mm and about 6.5 mm, between about 3 mm and about 4.5 mm). In some embodiments, the radially contracted state is about 10 to about 30 times smaller in at least one dimension than the radially expanded state. The textile fabric includes a plurality of bulbs in the radially expanded state.

[0056] The plurality of bulbs may include ten bulbs. At least two of the plurality of bulbs may have different outer diameters in the radially expanded state. At least two of the plurality of bulbs may have different shapes in the radially expanded state. At least one of the plurality of bulbs may have a spherical shape in the radially expanded state. At least one of the plurality of bulbs may have an oblong shape in the radially expanded state. The plurality of bulbs may be spaced by necks.

[0057] In some embodiments, a device for treating a thrombus in a vessel comprises a hypotube having a longitudinal axis. The hypotube includes a first pattern of longitudinally-spaced rows each including two kerfs and two stems and a second pattern of longitudinally-spaced rows each including two kerfs and two stems. The rows of the first pattern are at an angle with respect to the longitudinal axis of the hypotube. The two kerfs in each of the rows of the first pattern have rounded edges. The two stems in each of the rows of the first pattern are circumferentially about 180° apart. The stems of the first pattern are offset in a first circumferential direction. The rows of the second pattern are at an angle with respect to the longitudinal axis of the hypotube. The two kerfs in each of the rows of the second pattern have rounded edges. The two stems in each of the rows of the second pattern are circumferentially about 180° apart. The rows of the second pattern are singly alternatingly interspersed with the rows of the first pattern. The stems of the second pattern are offset in a second circumferential direction opposite the first circumferential direction. A pitch of the longitudinally-spaced kerfs of first pattern and the second pattern varies longitudinally along the hypotube.

[0058] The hypotube may include a first section, a second section, a third section, a fourth section, a fifth section, and a sixth section. The first section may have a pitch of about 0.005 inches (approx. 0.13 mm). The second section may have a pitch of about 0.01 inches (approx. 0.25 mm). The third section may have a pitch of about 0.02 inches (approx. 0.51 mm). The fourth section may have a pitch of about 0.04 inches (approx. 1 mm). The fifth section may have a pitch of about 0.08 inches (approx. 2 mm). The sixth section may have a pitch of about 0.016 inches (approx. 4 mm). The first section may be a distal-most section of the hypotube. The first section may be 20% of the hypotube. The second section may be proximal to the first section. The second section may be 15% of the hypotube. The third section may be proximal to the second section. The third section may be 15% of the hypotube. The fourth section may be proximal to the third section. The fourth section may be 15% of the hypotube. The fifth section may be proximal to the fourth section. The fifth section may be 15% of the hypotube. The sixth section may be proximal to the fifth section. The sixth section may be 20% of the hypotube. The first pattern and the second pattern may be laser-cut.

[0059] In some embodiments, a device for treating a thrombus in a vessel comprises a hypotube having a longitudinal axis. The hypotube includes a first pattern of longitudinally-spaced rows each including two kerfs and two stems and a second pattern of longitudinally-spaced rows each including two kerfs and two stems. The two stems in each of the rows of the first pattern are circumferentially about 180° apart. The stems of the first pattern are offset in a first circumferential direction. The two stems in each of the rows of the second pattern are circumferentially about 180° apart. The rows of the second pattern are interspersed with the rows of the first pattern. The stems of the second pattern are offset in a second circumferential direction opposite the first circumferential direction.

[0060] The first pattern may be singly alternatingly dispersed with the second pattern. Each of the rows may be angled with respect to the longitudinal axis of the hypotube. The kerfs in each of the rows of the first pattern and the second pattern may have rounded edges. A pitch of the longitudinally-spaced rows of the first pattern and the second pattern may vary longitudinally along the hypotube. The hypotube may include a first section, a second section, a third section, a fourth section, a fifth section, and a sixth section. The first section may have a pitch of about 0.005 inches (approx. 0.13 mm). The second section may have a pitch of about 0.01 inches (approx. 0.25 mm). The third section may have a pitch of about 0.02 inches (approx. 0.51 mm). The fourth section may have a pitch of about 0.04 inches (approx. 1 mm). The fifth section may have a pitch of about 0.08 inches (approx. 2 mm). The sixth section may have a pitch of about 0.016 inches (approx. 4 mm). The first section may be a distal-most section of the hypotube. The first section may be 20% of the hypotube. The second section may be proximal to the first section. The second section may be 15% of the hypotube. The third section may be proximal to the second section. The third section may be 15% of the hypotube. The fourth section may be proximal to the third section. The fourth section may be 15% of the hypotube. The fifth section may be proximal to the fourth section. The fifth section may be 15% of the hypotube. The sixth section may be proximal to the fifth section. The sixth section may be 20% of the hypotube. The first pattern and the second pattern may be laser-cut.

[0061] In some embodiments, a device for treating a thrombus in a vessel comprises a hypotube including a first pattern of longitudinally-spaced rows each including two kerfs and two stems and a second pattern of longitudinally-spaced rows each including two kerfs and two stems. The stems of the first pattern are offset in a first circumferential direction. The rows of the second pattern are interspersed with the rows of the first pattern. The stems of the second pattern are offset in a second circumferential direction opposite the first circumferential direction.

[0062] The two stems in each of the rows of the first pattern may be circumferentially about 180° apart. The two stems in each of the rows of the second pattern may be circumferentially about 180° apart. The hypotube may have a longitudinal axis. A pitch of the longitudinally-spaced rows of kerfs may vary along the longitudinal axis of the hypotube. The first pattern may be singly alternatingly dispersed with the second pattern. Each of the rows may be angled with respect to the longitudinal axis of the hypotube. The kerfs in each of the rows of the first pattern and the second pattern may have rounded edges. The first pattern and the second pattern may be laser-cut. The hypotube may comprise stainless steel or nitinol.

[0063] In some embodiments, a method of manufacturing a thrombus treatment device comprises arranging a plurality of spools on a yarn wheel, braiding the radiopaque wires and the shape memory wires in a one-over-one-under-one pattern around a first mandrel to form a textile structure, shape setting the textile structure in a substantially cylindrical shape, securing the shape-set textile structure on a second mandrel including bulbs and necks, shape setting the shape-set textile structure on the second mandrel, and removing the shape-set textile structure from the second mandrel. At least some of the spools including radiopaque wires and at least some of the spools include shape memory wires.

[0064] Securing the shape-set textile structure on the second mandrel may include wrapping wire around the necks of the second mandrel. The radiopaque wires may include platinum tungsten wires. The shape memory wires may include nickel titanium wires. The method may further comprise bonding the shape-set textile structure to a delivery system. Bonding the shape-set textile structure to the delivery system may comprise inlay bonding. The method may further comprise, before bonding the shape-set textile structure to the delivery system, positioning the wires in a pinch ring or a pinch cylinder. Bonding the shape-set textile structure to the delivery system may comprise overlay bonding. Bonding the shape-set textile structure to the delivery system may comprise bonding a proximal end of the shape-set textile structure to a distal end of the delivery system. Bonding the shape-set textile structure to the delivery system may comprise bonding a distal end of the shape-set textile structure to a distal end of the delivery system. Bonding the shape-set textile structure to the delivery system may comprise placing a tubing around a bonding area. Bonding the shape-set textile structure to the delivery system may comprise soldering the shape-set textile structure to the cut hypotube. The delivery system may comprise a cut hypotube. The delivery system may comprise a hypotube including a first pattern and a second pattern.

[0065] In some embodiments, a method of manufacturing a thrombus treatment device comprises cutting a first pattern of longitudinally-spaced rows each including two kerfs and two stems into a hypotube and cutting a second pattern of longitudinally-spaced rows each including two kerfs and two stems into the hypotube. The two stems in each of the rows of the first pattern are circumferentially about 180° apart. The stems of the first pattern are offset in a first circumferential direction. The two stems in each of the rows of the second pattern are circumferentially about 180° apart. The stems of the second pattern are offset in a second circumferential direction opposite the first circumferential direction. The second pattern is singly alternatingly interspersed with the first pattern.

[0066] Cutting the first pattern and cutting the second pattern may comprise cutting rounded edges of the kerfs in each of the rows of the first pattern and the second pattern. Cutting the first pattern and cutting the second pattern may comprise cutting each of the rows of the first pattern and the second pattern at an angle with respect to a longitudinal axis of the hypotube. The hypotube may comprise stainless steel. The method may further comprise bonding the hypotube to a shape-set textile structure. The shape-set textile structure may include a plurality of bulbs.

[0067] In some embodiments, a method of treating a thrombus in a vessel comprises measuring a length of the thrombus in the vessel and advancing a microcatheter in the vessel. Advancing the microcatheter includes crossing the thrombus with a distal end of the microcatheter. The method further comprises inserting a thrombectomy device in a radially compressed state from an introducer sheath into the microcatheter. The thrombectomy device includes a textile structure including a plurality of filaments woven to form a plurality of self-expanding bulbs. At least two of the plurality of filaments comprise radiopaque material and configured to form crossing points visible under x-ray. The crossing points are configured to provide approximate length measurement of an expanded length of the thrombectomy device. The method further comprises, after inserting the thrombectomy device from the introducer sheath into the microcatheter, advancing the thrombectomy device in the vessel and through the microcatheter proximate to the distal end of the microcatheter. Advancing the thrombectomy device includes crossing the thrombus with the distal-most bulb of the plurality of self-expanding bulbs. The method further comprises, after advancing the thrombectomy device, retracting the microcatheter to unsheathe a length of the thrombectomy device. Upon being unsheathed from the microcatheter, at least some of the plurality of self-expanding bulbs of the elongate support structure of the thrombectomy device self-expand from the radially compressed state to a radially expanded state. Retracting the microcatheter is at least until the length of the thrombectomy device is at least as long as the measured length of the thrombus in the vessel. The method further comprises entrapping the thrombus in the unsheathed self-expanding bulbs, after entrapping the thrombus in the unsheathed self-expanding bulbs, removing the thrombus from the vessel in substantially one piece using the thrombectomy device, measuring a length of the thrombus out of the vessel, and comparing the length of the thrombus in the vessel to the length of the thrombus out of the vessel.

[0068] The method may further comprise, after retracting the microcatheter, torsionally rasping the thrombectomy device, wherein torsionally rasping the thrombectomy device may include entrapping the thrombus in the unsheathed self-expanding bulbs. The vessel may comprise a blood vessel in a brain, leg, or other vessel or structure in the body.

[0069] In some embodiments, a method of treating a thrombus in a vessel comprises measuring a length of the thrombus in the vessel and expanding a length of a thrombectomy device in the vessel proximate to the thrombus. The expanded length of the thrombectomy device is based at least partially on the measured length of the thrombus in the vessel.

[0070] Measuring the length of the thrombus in the vessel may comprise at least one of computerized axial tomography (CAT) scan digital imaging measurement, CAT scan angiogram, magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) angiogram, and catheter angiogram. Expanding the length of the thrombectomy device may include retracting a sheath from around the thrombectomy device. Retracting the sheath may be for a length greater than the expanded length of the thrombectomy device. The thrombectomy device may comprise a plurality of filaments woven into a textile structure. At least two of the plurality of filaments may include radiopaque material configured to form crossing points visible under x-ray. The crossing points may be configured to provide approximate length measurement of the expanded length of the thrombectomy device. The thrombectomy device may include a plurality of self-expanding bulbs. After expanding the length of the thrombectomy device, at least one of the plurality of self-expanding bulbs may be distal to the thrombus. After expanding the length of the thrombectomy device, at least two of plurality of bulbs may have different outer diameters. The method may further comprise removing the thrombus from the vessel in substantially one piece using the thrombectomy device, measuring a length of the thrombus out of the vessel, and comparing the length of the thrombus in the vessel to the length of the thrombus out of the vessel. The method may further comprise, if the length of the thrombus out of the vessel is less than the length of the thrombus in the vessel, removing remaining thrombus from the vessel. Measuring the length of the thrombus out of the vessel may comprise placing the thrombus proximate to a ruler on a package of the thrombectomy device. The vessel may comprise a blood vessel in a brain, leg, or other vessel or structure in the body.

[0071] In some embodiments, a method of treating a thrombus in a vessel comprises measuring a length of the thrombus in the vessel, removing the thrombus from the vessel in substantially one piece using a thrombectomy device, measuring a length of the thrombus out of the vessel, and comparing the length of the thrombus in the vessel to the length of the thrombus out of the vessel.

[0072] The method may further comprise, if the length of the thrombus out of the vessel is less than the length of the thrombus in the vessel, removing remaining thrombus from the vessel. Measuring the length of the thrombus in the vessel may comprise at least one of computerized axial tomography (CAT) scan digital imaging measurement, CAT scan angiogram, magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) angiogram, and catheter angiogram. Measuring the length of the thrombus out of the vessel may comprise placing the thrombus proximate to a ruler on a package of the thrombectomy device. The vessel may comprise a blood vessel in a brain, leg, or other vessel or structure in the body.

[0073] In some embodiments, a method of treating a thrombus in a vessel comprises advancing a microcatheter in the vessel including crossing a distal end of the thrombus with a distal end of the microcatheter, and, after advancing the microcatheter, inserting a thrombectomy device in a radially compressed state into the microcatheter. The thrombectomy device includes a plurality of wires woven to form a textile fabric including a first shape upon advancing out of the microcatheter and a second shape upon exposure to a temperature or lower. The method further comprises, after inserting the thrombectomy device into the microcatheter, advancing the thrombectomy device in the vessel and through the microcatheter proximate to the distal end of the microcatheter, and, after advancing the thrombectomy device, maintaining a location of a proximal portion of the thrombectomy device while proximally retracting the microcatheter. Upon being unsheathed from the microcatheter, the textile fabric changes from the radially compressed shape to the first shape. The method further comprises, after retracting the microcatheter, injecting fluid at the temperature or lower. Upon being contact with the temperature or lower, the textile fabric changes to the second shape. The method further comprises, while the textile structure is in the second shape, torsionally rasping the thrombectomy device, and, after torsionally rasping the thrombectomy device, retracting at a similar rate the microcatheter and the proximal portion of the thrombectomy device.

[0074] The first shape may comprise a plurality of bulbs and the second shape may comprise a spiral. The first temperature may be less than about 25° C. (e.g., about 18° C.). The textile fabric may include a third shape upon exposure to a second temperature or higher. The first shape may comprise an expanded cylinder, the second shape may comprise a spiral, and the third shape may comprise a plurality of bulbs. The second temperature may be greater than about 25° C. (e.g., about 37° C.). Torsionally rasping the thrombectomy device may include at least one of removing portions of the thrombus attached to an endothelium wall, entrapping the thrombus in the radially expanded distal portion of the thrombectomy device, and collecting emboli in the radially expanded distal portion of the thrombectomy device. The vessel may comprise a blood vessel in a brain, leg, or other vessel or structure in the body.

[0075] In some embodiments, a method of treating a thrombus in a vessel comprises advancing a thrombectomy device in a radially compressed state in the vessel and through a microcatheter until the thrombectomy is proximate to a distal end of the microcatheter and a distal end of the thrombus. The thrombectomy device includes a plurality of wires woven to form a textile fabric including a first shape upon advancing out of the microcatheter and a second shape upon exposure to a temperature or higher. The method further comprises, after advancing the thrombectomy device, maintaining a location of a proximal portion of the thrombectomy device while proximally retracting the microcatheter. Upon being unsheathed from the microcatheter, the textile fabric changes from the radially compressed shape to the first shape and wherein upon being exposed to the temperature or higher the textile fabric changes from the first shape to the second shape. The method further comprises entrapping the thrombus in the second state.

[0076] The first shape may comprise a cylinder and the second shape may comprise a plurality of bulbs. The second shape may comprise at least two of the plurality of bulbs may have different outer diameters, different shapes, or different outer diameters and different shapes. The second shape may be tapered. The second shape may comprise at least two of the plurality of bulbs separated by a neck. The first shape may comprise a cylinder and the second shape may comprise a spiral. Entrapping the thrombus may include torsionally rasping the thrombectomy device. The vessel may comprise a blood vessel in a brain, leg, or other vessel or structure in the body.

[0077] In some embodiments, a method of treating a thrombus in a vessel comprises advancing a thrombectomy device in a radially compressed state in the vessel and through a microcatheter until the thrombectomy is proximate to a distal end of the microcatheter and a distal end of the thrombus. The thrombectomy device includes a first shape upon advancing out of the microcatheter, a second shape upon exposure to a first temperature or lower, and a third shape upon exposure to a second temperature or higher. The method further comprises, after advancing the thrombectomy device, maintaining a location of a proximal portion of the thrombectomy device while proximally retracting the microcatheter. Upon being unsheathed from the microcatheter, the thrombectomy device changes from the radially compressed shape to the first shape. The method further comprises, after retracting the microcatheter, injecting fluid at the temperature or lower. Upon contact with the first temperature or lower, the thrombectomy device changes to the second shape. The method further comprises, upon exposure to the second temperature or higher, the thrombectomy device changes to the third shape.

[0078] The thrombectomy device may comprise a textile structure including the first shape, the second shape, and the third shape. The thrombectomy device may comprise a laser cut structure including the first shape, the second shape, and the third shape. At least one of the first shape and the second shape may be non-cylindrical.

[0079] In some embodiments, a method of coupling a woven tubular device to a hypotube comprises inserting a proximal end of the woven tubular device into a distal end of the hypotube. The woven tubular device includes a plurality of self-expanding bulbs. The hypotube includes a plurality of kerfs. The method further comprises inserting a delivery device including a J-shaped tube proximate to the proximal end of the woven tubular device through a distal-most kerf of the plurality of kerfs, delivering solder from the delivery device at a first location and between the woven tubular structure and the hypotube, moving the delivery device to a second location circumferentially spaced about 180° from the first location, delivering solder from the delivery device at the second location and between the woven tubular structure and the hypotube, moving the delivery device to a third location circumferentially spaced about 90° from the first location and from the second location, delivering solder from the delivery device at the third location and between the woven tubular structure and the hypotube, moving the delivery device to a fourth location circumferentially spaced about 90° from the first location and from the second location and about 180° from the third location, delivering solder from the delivery device at the fourth location and between the woven tubular structure and the hypotube, and allowing the solder to cool. The solder may comprise silver-based lead-free solder.

[0080] In some embodiments, a method of coupling a woven tubular device to a hypotube comprises inserting a proximal end of the woven tubular device into a distal end of the hypotube. The hypotube includes a plurality of kerfs. The method further comprises delivering bonding material from the delivery device between the woven tubular structure and the hypotube in at least one circumferential location. Delivering the solder includes inserting the delivery device including a J-shaped tube proximate to the proximal end of the woven tubular device through a distal-most kerf of the plurality of kerfs.

[0081] The bonding material may comprise at least one of solder and epoxy. The solder may comprise silver-based lead-free solder. The solder may comprise gold-based lead-free solder. Delivering the bonding material may include delivering the bonding material fully arcuately. Delivering the bonding material may include delivering the bonding material in a plurality of circumferentially spaced locations. Delivering the boding material in the plurality of circumferentially spaced locations may include delivering bonding material from the delivery device at a first location and between the woven tubular structure and the hypotube, moving the delivery device to a second location circumferentially spaced about 180° from the first location, delivering bonding material from the delivery device at the second location and between the woven tubular structure and the hypotube, moving the delivery device to a third location circumferentially spaced about 90° from the first location and from the second location, delivering bonding material from the delivery device at the third location and between the woven tubular structure and the hypotube, moving the delivery device to a fourth location circumferentially spaced about 90° from the first location and from the second location and about 180° from the third location, and delivering bonding material from the delivery device at the fourth location and between the woven tubular structure and the hypotube. The proximal end of the woven tubular device may include a proximal segment including a sleeve around filaments of the woven tubular device and a distal segment including exposed filaments of the woven tubular device. The circumferential location may include at least parts of the proximal segment and the distal segment. The proximal end of the woven tubular device may include a first segment including a ring around filaments of the woven tubular device, a second segment distal to the first segment including exposed filaments of the woven tubular device, and a third segment proximal to the first segment including exposed filaments of the woven tubular device. The circumferential location may include at least parts of the first segment and at least one of the second segment and the third segment. The rings may be crimped around the filaments. The filaments may be welded to the ring.

[0082] In some embodiments, a method of coupling a woven tubular device to a hypotube comprises inserting a distal end of the hypotube into an interior of the woven tubular device at a longitudinal location and delivering bonding material between the woven tubular device and the hypotube at the longitudinal location.

[0083] The method may further comprise positioning a sleeve around the woven tubular device at the location. The bonding material may comprise at least one of solder and epoxy. After coupling, the distal end of the hypotube may be proximate to a proximal end of the woven tubular device. After coupling, the distal end of the hypotube may be proximate to a distal end of the woven tubular device. The woven tubular device may include a plurality of bulbs. After coupling, the distal end of the hypotube may be proximal to a distal-most bulb.

[0084] In some embodiments, a method of manufacturing a thrombus treatment device comprises arranging a plurality of spools on spindles on a yarn wheel. At least some of the spools include radiopaque wires and at least some of the spools including shape memory wires. The method further comprises attaching an end of each of the wires to a ring over a first mandrel and braiding the radiopaque wires and the shape memory wires in a one-over-one-under-one pattern around the first mandrel to form a textile structure. Braiding includes at least one of rotating the yarn wheel, rotating the spindles, and longitudinally extending the ring along the first mandrel away from the yarn wheel. The method further comprises shape setting the textile structure into a substantially cylindrical shape, securing the shape-set textile structure on a second mandrel including bulbs and necks, shape setting the shape-set textile structure on the second mandrel, and removing the shape-set textile structure from the second mandrel.

[0085] Securing the shape-set textile structure on the second mandrel may include wrapping at least one of wire and bangles around the necks of the second mandrel. The method may further comprise forming the second mandrel. Forming the mandrel may include stringing bulbs along a wire. Stringing the bulbs along the wire may include selecting shapes of the bulbs, sizes of the bulbs, and spacing between the bulbs. Forming the mandrel may include stringing hypotubes along the wire and between at least some of the bulbs. Arranging the plurality of spools may include positioning at least two of the spools including radiopaque wires adjacent to each other. The method may further comprise bonding the shape-set textile structure to a hypotube.

[0086] In some embodiments, a method of manufacturing a thrombus treatment device comprises arranging a plurality of spools of wire on spindles on a yarn wheel, braiding the wires a mandrel including bulbs and necks to form a textile structure, shape setting the textile structure on the mandrel, and removing the shape-set textile structure from the mandrel.

[0087] The method may further comprise securing the textile structure on the mandrel before shape setting. The method may further comprise forming the mandrel. Forming the mandrel may include stringing bulbs along a wire. Stringing the bulbs along the wire may include selecting shapes of the bulbs, sizes of the bulbs, and spacing between the bulbs. Forming the mandrel may include stringing hypotubes along the wire and between at least some of the bulbs. The method may further comprise bonding the shape-set textile structure to a hypotube.

[0088] In some embodiments, a method of manufacturing a thrombus treatment device comprises arranging a plurality of spools on spindles on a yarn wheel. At least some of the spools include radiopaque wires and at least some of the spools include shape memory wires. Arranging the plurality of spools includes positioning at least two of the spools including radiopaque wires adjacent to each other. The method further comprises braiding the radiopaque wires and the shape memory wires to form a textile structure.

[0089] The textile structure may include two sine waves of radiopaque wires offset by about 180°. The textile structure may include three sine waves of radiopaque wires offset by about 120°. The textile structure may include a first sine wave of radiopaque wires, a second sine wave of radiopaque wires offset from the first sine wave by about 180°, a third sine wave of radiopaque wires offset from the first sine wave by about 7.5°, and a fourth sine wave of radiopaque wires offset from the third sine wave by about 7.5°. The method may further comprise bonding the shape-set textile structure to a hypotube.

[0090] In some embodiments, a method of manufacturing a thrombus treatment device comprises holding a hypotube using at least one bushing and at least one collet and cutting a pattern including a plurality of kerfs into the hypotube. Cutting the pattern includes directing a focused laser beam at the hypotube and longitudinally and rotationally moving the hypotube in a design such that the focused laser beam cuts the hypotube to form the plurality of kerfs. The focused laser creates a heat impact puddle. The heat impact puddle is less than a width and a length of each of the plurality of kerfs. The method further comprises, during cutting the pattern, flowing fluid through the hypotube.

[0091] Directing the focused laser beam may include creating the heat impact puddle inward of edges of the plurality of kerfs. Cutting the pattern may include cutting away the heat impact puddle. Directing the focused laser beam may include creating the heat impact puddle at edges of the plurality of kerfs. Directing the focused laser beam may include creating the heat impact puddle at corners of the plurality of kerfs. The design may include outlining edges of the plurality of kerfs. The design may include moving the hypotube may include relatively moving the focused laser beam diagonal to the plurality of kerfs. The design may include a spiral. Holding the hypotube may comprise using at least one bushing comprising an aperture may have a diameter at least about 0.001 inches greater than an outer diameter of the hypotube. Holding the hypotube may comprise using at least one collet comprising an aperture may have a diameter at least about 0.001 inches greater than an outer diameter of the hypotube. Holding the hypotube may comprise adjusting a diameter of an aperture of the collet(s). Flowing the fluid may include adjusting a height of a reservoir containing the fluid. Flowing the fluid may include adjusting a height of a water inlet gate between a reservoir containing the fluid and the hypotube.

[0092] In some embodiments, a method of manufacturing a thrombus treatment device comprises cutting a pattern including a plurality of rows of kerfs into the hypotube. Cutting the pattern includes directing a focused laser beam at the hypotube and longitudinally and rotationally moving the hypotube such that the focused laser beam cuts the hypotube to form the plurality of kerfs. The focused laser creates a heat impact puddle. The heat impact puddle is inward of edges of the plurality of kerfs.

[0093] The method may further comprise flowing fluid through the hypotube. The method may further comprise holding a hypotube using at least one of a bushing and a collet.

[0094] In some embodiments, a method of manufacturing a thrombus treatment device comprises cutting a pattern into the hypotube and, during cutting the pattern, flowing fluid through the hypotube. The pattern includes a first pattern of longitudinally-spaced rows each including two kerfs and two stems and a second pattern of longitudinally-spaced rows each including two kerfs and two stems. The two stems in each of the rows of the first pattern are circumferentially about 180° apart. The stems of the first pattern are offset in a first circumferential direction. The two stems in each of the rows of the second pattern are circumferentially about 180° apart. The rows of the second pattern are interspersed with the rows of the first pattern. The stems of the second pattern are offset in a second circumferential direction opposite the first circumferential direction.

[0095] Each of the rows may be angled with respect to a longitudinal axis of the hypotube. The kerfs in each of the rows of the first pattern and the second pattern may have rounded edges. A pitch of the longitudinally-spaced rows of the first pattern and the second pattern may varies longitudinally along the hypotube.

[0096] In some embodiments, a device for treating a thrombus in a vessel comprises a plurality of wires woven to form a self-expanding textile structure. The plurality of wires includes shape-memory wires and at least two radiopaque wires forming at two offset sine waves.

[0097] Crossings of the at least two sine waves ray may be substantially uniformly spaced. At least one of the at least two sine waves may include a plurality of radiopaque wires. Each of the at least two sine waves may include a plurality of radiopaque wires. The at least two sine waves may be offset by about 180°. The at least two sine waves may include three sine waves offset by about 120°. The textile structure may include a plurality of bulbs.

[0098] In some embodiments, a device for treating a thrombus in a vessel comprises a plurality of wires woven to form a textile structure including a plurality of bulbs. The textile structure includes a distal end including an end treatment.

[0099] The end treatment may comprise a polymer coating. The polymer may comprise radiopaque particles. The end treatment may comprise a radiopaque marker. The distal end may be radially inward of the plurality of bulbs.

[0100] In some embodiments, a device for treating a thrombus in a vessel comprises a plurality of wires woven to form a textile structure including a plurality of bulbs and necks between the bulbs. The necks are circumferentially offset around textile structure.

[0101] Each of the plurality of bulbs may have a generally circular cross-section in a radially expanded state. The necks may be aligned along chords of the bulbs. Each of the plurality of bulbs may have a generally spherical shape in a radially expanded state. The necks may be aligned along chords of the spheres. The necks may alternate about 180° between a first longitude and a second longitude. The necks may circumferentially rotate about 120° between each of the bulbs. The necks may circumferentially rotate about 90° between each of the bulbs. Each of the plurality of bulbs may have a generally polygonal cross-section in a radially expanded state. The necks may be aligned along apices of the bulbs.

[0102] In some embodiments, a device for treating a thrombus in a vessel comprises a plurality of wires woven to form a textile structure. The textile structure includes a first shape at a first temperature, a second shape at a second temperature higher than the first temperature, and a third shape including stress-induced martensite.

[0103] The third shape may comprise a cylindrical shape. The stress-induced martensite may be induced by inner sidewalls of a sheath. The first shape may comprise a spiral. The second shape may comprise a plurality of bulbs. The first temperature may be less than about 25° C. (e.g., about 18° C.). The second temperature may be at least about 25° C. (e.g., about 37° C.).

[0104] In some embodiments, a device for treating a thrombus in a vessel comprises a plurality of wires woven to form a textile structure. The textile structure includes a first shape at a first temperature, a second shape at a second temperature higher than the first temperature, and a third shape at a third temperature higher than the second temperature.

[0105] The second shape may comprise a cylindrical shape. The third shape may comprise a plurality of bulbs. The first shape may comprise a spiral. The first temperature may be less than about 25° C. (e.g., about 18° C.). The second temperature may be between about 25° C. and about 37° C. The third temperature may be at least about 37° C.

[0106] In some embodiments, a method of forming a device for treating a thrombus in a vessel comprises heat treating a structure to impart a first shape to the structure at a first temperature. The structure includes shape memory material. The method further comprises heat treating the structure to impart a second shape to the structure and heat treating the structure to impart a third shape to the structure.

[0107] The method may further comprise weaving a plurality of wires to form the structure, at least some of the plurality of wires including the shape memory material. The method may further comprise selecting temperatures of the heat treating based at least partially on a composition of the shape memory material. Heat treating the structure to impart the first shape may be at a temperature between about 400° C. and about 450° C. for about 2 minutes to about 10 minutes. Heat treating the structure to impart the second shape may be at a temperature between about 500° C. and about 550° C. for about 20 minutes to about 180 minutes. Heat treating the structure to impart the first shape may be at a temperature between about 400° C. and about 450° C. for about 3 minutes to about 10 minutes. Heat treating the structure to impart the first shape may be at a temperature between about 500° C. and about 550° C. for about 5 minutes to about 10 minutes. Heat treating the structure to impart the second shape may be at a temperature between about 400° C. and about 450° C. for about 3 minutes to about 10 minutes. Heat treating the structure to impart the first shape may be at a temperature between about 500° C. and about 550° C. for about 3 minutes to about 10 minutes. The second shape may comprise a plurality of bulbs. The third shape may comprise a spiral.

[0108] In some embodiments, a catheter comprises a hypotube including having a longitudinal axis. The hypotube includes a working lumen, a first pattern including a plurality of longitudinally-spaced rows each including two kerfs and two stems offset in a first circumferential direction, and a second pattern including a plurality of longitudinally-spaced rows each including two kerfs and two stems offset in a second circumferential direction opposite the first circumferential direction. The rows of the second pattern are singly alternatingly interspersed with the rows of the first pattern. A pitch of the longitudinally-spaced kerfs of first pattern and the second pattern vary along the longitudinal axis of the hypotube.

[0109] The hypotube may include a first section, a second section, a third section, a fourth section, a fifth section, and a sixth section. The first section may have a pitch of about 0.005 inches (approx. 0.13 mm). The second section may have a pitch of about 0.01 inches (approx. 0.25 mm). The third section may have a pitch of about 0.02 inches (approx. 0.51 mm). The fourth section may have a pitch of about 0.04 inches (approx. 1 mm). The fifth section may have a pitch of about 0.08 inches (approx. 2 mm). The sixth section may have a pitch of about 0.016 inches (approx. 4 mm). The first section may be a distal-most section of the hypotube. The first section may be 20% of the hypotube. The second section may be proximal to the first section. The second section may be 15% of the hypotube. The third section may be proximal to the second section. The third section may be 15% of the hypotube. The fourth section may be proximal to the third section. The fourth section may be 15% of the hypotube. The fifth section may be proximal to the fourth section. The fifth section may be 15% of the hypotube. The sixth section may be proximal to the fifth section. The sixth section may be 20% of the hypotube. The first pattern and the second pattern may be laser-cut. The catheter may further comprise a polymer coating on at least a portion of an outside of the hypotube. At least one parameter of the polymer may vary along the longitudinal axis of the hypotube. The parameter(s) may be selected from the group consisting of one or more of: material, thickness, and durometer. The variation of parameter(s) of the polymer may be aligned with the variation of the pitch of the longitudinally-spaced kerfs. The catheter may further comprise a polymer coating on at least a portion of an inside of the hypotube. The hypotube may comprise stainless steel. The hypotube may comprise a shape memory material. Each of the kerfs may include rounded edges. Each of the rows may be at an angle with respect to the longitudinal axis of the hypotube.

[0110] In some embodiments, a catheter comprises a hypotube including having a longitudinal axis, a first polymer coating radially outward of at least a portion of an outside of the hypotube, and a second polymer coating radially inward of at least a portion of an inside of the hypotube. The hypotube includes at least one pattern including a plurality of longitudinally-spaced rows each including two kerfs and two stems offset in a first circumferential direction.

[0111] The first polymer may be different from the second polymer. At least one parameter of the first polymer coating may vary along the longitudinal axis of the hypotube. The parameter(s) may be selected from the group consisting of one or more of: material, thickness, and durometer. The pattern may include a first pattern including a plurality of longitudinally-spaced rows each including two kerfs and two stems offset in a first circumferential direction and a second pattern including a plurality of longitudinally-spaced rows each including two kerfs and two stems offset in a second circumferential direction opposite the first circumferential direction. The rows of the second pattern may be singly alternatingly interspersed with the rows of the first pattern. A pitch of the longitudinally-spaced kerfs may vary along the longitudinal axis of the hypotube.

[0112] In some embodiments, a catheter comprises a hypotube having a longitudinal axis and a polymer coating over at least a portion of an outside of the hypotube. The hypotube includes at least one pattern including a plurality of longitudinally-spaced rows each including two kerfs and two stems offset in a first circumferential direction. A pitch of the longitudinally-spaced kerfs varies along the longitudinal axis of the hypotube. At least one parameter of the polymer coating varies along the longitudinal axis of the hypotube. The parameter(s) may be selected from the group consisting of at least one of material, thickness, and durometer.

[0113] The variation of the parameter(s) of the polymer may be aligned with the variation of the pitch of the longitudinally-spaced kerfs. The polymer coating may be hydrophobic. The catheter may further comprise an inner polymer coating at least a portion of an inside of the hypotube.

[0114] In some embodiments, a system for heat treating a device comprises a chamber configured to contain bath media, a container within the chamber and configured to hold the device, an air inlet gate fluidly upstream of the chamber and configured to be coupled to a gas source to flow gas into the chamber to fluidize the bath media, a heating element between the air inlet gate and the chamber, and a porous plate between the air inlet gate and the chamber. The chamber includes a detachable flange. The container is mechanically coupled to the detachable flange.

[0115] The bath media may include sand. The bath media may include non-flammable particles. The porous plate may be between the heating element and the air inlet gate. The detachable flange may include a conduit configured to allow passage of an arm mechanically coupling the container and the detachable flange. Adjustment of a length of the arm may adjust a height of the container in the basket. Temperature in the chamber may vary vertically with distance from the heating device. The system may further comprise an air inflow regulator coupled to the air inlet gate. A height of the air inflow regulator may be adjustable to adjust a velocity of the gas into the chamber. The gas source may comprise nitrogen. The gas source may comprise air. The gas source may comprise hydrogen. The gas source may comprise carbon monoxide.

[0116] In some embodiments, a system for heat treating a device comprises a chamber configured to contain bath media, a container within the chamber and configured to hold the device, an air inlet gate fluidly upstream of the chamber and configured to be coupled to a gas source to flow gas into the chamber to fluidize the bath media, a heating element between the air inlet gate and the chamber, and a temperature regulator configured to regulate temperature in the chamber by adjusting at least one of the air inlet gate and the heating element. The system may further comprise thermal sensors electrically connected to the temperature regulator.

[0117] In some embodiments, a system for heat treating a device comprises a chamber configured to contain bath media, a container within the chamber and configured to hold the device, and an arm mechanically coupling the chamber to the detachable flange. Gas flow into the chamber is configured to fluidize the bath media. The chamber includes a detachable flange including a handle. A height of the container is adjustable in several embodiments.

[0118] The arm may comprise at least one of a wire, a plurality of wires, and a hypotube. Adjustment of a length of the arm may adjust the height of the container in the basket. Detachment of the detachable flange may allow removal of the container from the chamber. The system may further comprise air-sealant rivets on at least one of an inner surface of the detachable flange and an outer surface of the detachable flange.

[0119] In some embodiments, a system for cutting a hypotube comprises a laser configured to produce a focused laser beam, a bushing configured to at least partially support a hypotube, a collet configured to at least partially support the hypotube, a fluid flow system, and a conveyor system configured to longitudinally advance the hypotube. The collet includes an adjustable diameter aperture. The fluid flow system includes a water inlet device and a water inlet gate configured to be fluidly coupled to an end of the hypotube.

[0120] The focused laser beam may have a widest dimension less than a narrowest dimension of a pattern to be cut. The focused laser beam may have a widest dimension no more than about 120% greater than a narrowest dimension of a pattern to be cut. The bushing may include an aperture may have a diameter at least about 0.001 inches (approx. 0.025 mm) greater than an outer diameter of the hypotube. The collet may include an aperture may have a diameter at least about 0.001 inches (approx. 0.025 mm) greater than an outer diameter of the hypotube. The water inlet device may have an adjustable height. The water inlet gate may have an adjustable height. The laser may comprise a YAG laser. The laser may have a wavelength of about 1060 nm or less.

[0121] In some embodiments, a system for cutting a hypotube comprises a fluid flow system, a conveyor system configured to longitudinally advance the hypotube, and at least one of a bushing and a collet configured to at least partially support the hypotube. The fluid flow system includes a water inlet device and a water inlet gate configured to be fluidly coupled to an end of the hypotube.

[0122] The collet may include an adjustable diameter aperture. The bushing may include an aperture may have a diameter at least about 0.001 inches (approx. 0.025 mm) greater than an outer diameter of the hypotube. The collet may include an aperture may have a diameter at least about 0.001 inches (approx. 0.025 mm) greater than an outer diameter of the hypotube. The water inlet device may have an adjustable height. The water inlet gate may have an adjustable height. A plurality of bushings and collets longitudinally may be spaced so that sag of the hypotube may be less than about 3% of a height of the hypotube.

[0123] In some embodiments, a system for cutting a hypotube comprises a fluid flow system including a water inlet device may have an adjustable height and a water inlet gate may have an adjustable height and configured to be fluidly coupled to an end of a hypotube. The water inlet device may include a plurality of reservoirs. The plurality of reservoirs may be vertically stacked and fluidly coupled. The water inlet gate may be configured to adjust fluid flow based on a height of the water inlet device.

[0124] The methods summarized above and set forth in further detail below describe certain actions taken by a practitioner; however, it should be understood that they can also include the instruction of those actions by another party. Thus, actions such as “advancing a guidewire” include “instructing the advancement of a guidewire.”

[0343] FIG. 1A is a schematic side elevational view of an example embodiment of a vascular treatment device 10. The device 10 includes a distal portion 100, a proximal portion 200, and a joint 300 coupling the distal portion 100 to the proximal portion 200. In the device 10, the joint 300 couples a proximal segment of the distal portion 100 to a distal segment of the proximal portion 200.

[0344] FIG. 1B is a schematic side elevational view of another example embodiment of a vascular treatment device 20. The device 20 includes a distal portion 100, a proximal portion 200, and a joint 300 coupling the distal portion 100 to the proximal portion 200. In the device 20, the joint 300 couples a distal segment of the distal portion 100 to a distal segment of the proximal portion 200. The proximal portion 200 extends through the distal portion 100.

[0345] FIG. 1C is a schematic side elevational view of yet another example embodiment of a vascular treatment device 30. The device 30 includes a distal portion 100, a proximal portion 200, and a joint 300 coupling the distal portion 100 to the proximal portion 200. In the device 30, the joint 300 couples a segment between the proximal end and distal the end of the distal portion 100 to a distal segment of the proximal portion 200. The proximal portion 200 partially extends through the distal portion 100.

[0346] FIG. 1D is a schematic side elevational view of still another example embodiment of a vascular treatment device 40. The device 40 includes a distal portion 100, a proximal portion 200, and a joint 300 coupling the distal portion 100 to the proximal portion 200. In the device 40, the joint 300 couples the distal portion 100 to a segment of the proximal portion 200 that is proximal to the distal end of the proximal portion 200. The distal end of the proximal portion 200 extends beyond the distal end of the distal portion 100.

[0347] For each of the devices 10, 20, 30, 40, a wide variety of distal portions 100, proximal portions 200, and joints 300 are possible, including the distal portions 100, proximal portions 200, and joints 300 described herein. In some embodiments, the distal portion 100 includes a plurality of woven bulbs spaced longitudinally apart by woven necks. In some embodiments, the proximal portion 200 includes a cut hypotube having variable longitudinal flexibility. Other varieties of distal portions 100 and proximal portions 200 are also possible. In some embodiments, the distal portion 100 comprises a shape-set textile structure, the proximal portion 200 comprises a delivery system or hypotube, and the joint 300 comprises a bonding zone in a marker band region. In some embodiments, coupling the distal portion 100 and the proximal portion 200 at the joint 300 may be fixed or reversible.

[0348] In some embodiments, the distal portion 100 in a radially-collapsed configuration has an outer diameter of about 0.0125 inches (approx. 0.317 mm) or less and in a radially-expanded configuration has varying diameters. In some embodiments, the distal portion 100 in the radially-collapsed configuration has a diameter in the range of about 0.1 mm to about 0.9 mm (e.g., about 0.25 mm to about 0.5 mm). In some embodiments, the distal portion 100 in the radially-expanded configuration has a diameter in the range of about 1 mm to about 6.5 mm (e.g., about 3 mm to about 4.5 mm). In some embodiments, for example embodiments in which the distal portion 100 is configured or intended for use in larger vessels or bodily conduits, the distal portion 100 in the radially-expanded configuration has a diameter in the range of about 5 mm to about 40 mm and a diameter in the radially-collapsed configuration in the range of about 0.5 mm to about 5 mm. In some embodiments, the ratio of the diameter of the distal portion 100 in the radially-expanded configuration to the diameter of the distal portion 100 in the radially-collapsed configuration is about 1.2:1 to about 100:1 (e.g., about 1.2:1 to about 20:1, about 9:1 to about 15:1).

[0349] FIG. 2A is a schematic side elevational view of an example embodiment of a distal portion 1000 of a vascular treatment device, for example the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30, or 40. The distal portion 1000 includes a plurality of woven bulbs 1010 and woven necks 1020. The distal portion 1000 includes a woven neck 65 at the distal end. A radiopaque marker band 25 is coupled to the distal end of the proximal portion 200, discussed in further detail herein. The bulbs 1010 are longitudinally spaced from each other by the woven necks 1020. In some embodiments, the bulbs 1010 and the necks 1020 are an integral textile structure in which the filaments that form the bulbs 1010 are the same as and longitudinally continuous with the filaments that form the necks 1020. The bulbs 1010 are generally spherical or spheroid, although the proximal and distal ends of the bulbs 1010 may begin to form the necks 1020. The bulbs 1010 extend radially outward from the longitudinal axis, increasing in diameter from proximal to distal, reaching an intermediate point, and then decreasing in diameter from proximal to distal. The necks 1020 are cylindrical or generally cylindrical along the longitudinal axis, although the ends of the necks 1020 may flare outwardly to begin to form the bulbs 1010. The bulbs 1010 in FIG. 2A have substantially uniform dimensions or diameters (e.g., within about ±5%, about ±10%, about ±15%, or about 20% of each other) such that the distal portion 1000 may be considered non-tapered or cylindrical.

[0350] FIG. 2B is a schematic side elevational view of another example embodiment of a distal portion 1100 of a vascular treatment device, for example the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30, or 40. FIG. 2C is a perspective view of the distal portion 1100 of FIG. 2B. FIG. 2D is a photograph illustrating the distal portion 1100 of FIG. 2B. The distal portion 1100 includes a plurality of woven bulbs 1110 and woven necks 1120. The distal portion 1100 includes a woven neck 65 at the distal end. A radiopaque marker band 25 is coupled to the distal end of the proximal portion 200, discussed in further detail herein. The bulbs 1110 are longitudinally spaced from each other by the woven necks 1120. In some embodiments, the bulbs 1110 and the necks 1120 are an integral textile structure in which the filaments that form the bulbs 1110 are the same as and longitudinally continuous with the filaments that form the necks 1120. The bulbs 1110 are generally spherical or spheroid, although the proximal and distal ends of the bulbs 1110 may begin to form the necks 1120. The bulbs 1110 extend radially outward from the longitudinal axis, increasing in diameter from proximal to distal, reaching an intermediate point, and then decreasing in diameter from proximal to distal. The necks 1120 are cylindrical or generally cylindrical along the longitudinal axis, although the ends of the necks 1120 may flare outwardly to begin to from the bulbs 1110.

[0351] The distal portion 1100 includes ten bulbs 1110: three bulbs 1112, three bulbs 1114, two bulbs 1116, and two bulbs 1118. The bulbs 1112 have a smaller diameter than the bulbs 1114, which have a smaller diameter than the bulbs 1116, which have a smaller diameter than the bulbs 1118. The bulbs 1112 have substantially uniform diameters, the bulbs 1114 have substantially uniform diameters, the bulbs 1116 have substantially uniform diameters, and the bulbs 1118 have substantially uniform diameters. Due to the differing diameters of the bulbs 1110, the distal portion 1100 may be considered tapered, for example inwardly tapered from proximal to distal or outwardly tapered from distal to proximal, or the distal portion 1100 may be considered stepped, for example inwardly stepped from proximal to distal or outwardly stepped from distal to proximal. Other and opposite configurations are also possible. For example, the bulbs 1110 may be inwardly tapered or stepped from distal to proximal or outwardly stepped from proximal to distal. For another example, the bulbs 1110 may have random (e.g., non-sequential) diameters along the length of the distal portion 1100, which may include sections that are substantially cylindrical and/or sections that are stepped or tapered distally and/or proximally.

[0352] In some embodiments, the outer diameters of the bulbs 1110 in the radially-expanded configuration are as follows: the three distal extra-small spherical bulbs 1112 have an outer diameter configured to be oversized to the extra-small vessel segments such as the M2 segments of the middle cerebral artery (e.g., about 1.5 mm to about 2.25 mm); the proximally-next three small spherical bulbs 1114 have an outer diameter configured to be oversized to the smaller vessel segments such as the distal M1 segment of the middle cerebral artery (e.g., about 2.25 mm to about 2.75 mm); the proximally-next two medium spherical bulbs 1116 have an outer diameter configured to be oversized to the medium vessel segments such as the proximal M1 segment of the middle cerebral artery (e.g., about 2.75 mm to about 3.25 mm); and the proximal two large spherical bulbs 1118 have an outer diameter configured to be oversized to the large vessel segments such as the distal supra-clinoid segment of the internal carotid artery (e.g., about 3.25 mm to about 4 mm). A tapered configuration of the distal portion 1100 can allow for adequate and safe deployment of the distal portion 1100 across blood vessels with multiple and/or varying diameters (e.g., vasculature that progressively reduces in size). Although some example diameters are provided herein, some embodiments of the distal portion 1100 may include diameters of the bulbs 1112, 1114, 1116, 1118 in accordance with the values provided above and/or diameters that are within about ±5%, about ±10%, about ±15%, or about ±20% of any such values.

[0353] FIGS. 2A-2D show example embodiments of a pattern of bulb shapes in which the bulbs 1010 in FIG. 2A and the bulbs 1110 in FIGS. 2B-2D have substantially the same shape. With reference to FIGS. 2B-2D, this substantially same shape pattern persists even when the bulbs 1110 have different sizes. In the embodiments illustrated in FIGS. 2A-2D, the bulbs 1010, 1110 are each spherical, but distal portions 100 including bulbs having other shapes that are substantially the same (e.g., oblong) are also possible.

[0354] FIG. 3A is a schematic side elevational view of another example embodiment of a distal portion 1200 of a vascular treatment device, for example the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30, or 40. The distal portion 1200 includes a plurality of woven bulbs 1210 and woven necks 1220. The distal portion 1200 includes a woven neck 65 at the distal end. A radiopaque marker band 25 is coupled to the distal end of the proximal portion 200, discussed in further detail herein. The bulbs 1210 are longitudinally spaced from each other by the woven necks 1220. In some embodiments, the bulbs 1210 and the necks 1220 are an integral textile structure in which the filaments that form the bulbs 1210 are the same as and longitudinally continuous with the filaments that form the necks 1220. The bulbs 1210 are generally oblong, although the proximal and distal ends of the bulbs 1210 may begin to form the necks 1220. The bulbs 1210 extend radially outward from the longitudinal axis, increasing in diameter from proximal to distal, reaching an intermediate point, staying at the intermediate diameter for some length, and then decreasing in diameter from proximal to distal. The necks 1220 are cylindrical or generally cylindrical along the longitudinal axis, although the ends of the necks 1220 may flare outwardly to begin to from the bulbs 1210. The bulbs 1210 in FIG. 3A have substantially uniform dimensions or diameters (e.g., within about ±5%, about ±10%, about ±15%, or about 20% of each other) such that the distal portion 1200 may be considered non-tapered or cylindrical.

[0355] FIG. 3B is a schematic side elevational view of another example embodiment of a distal portion 1300 of a vascular treatment device, for example the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30, or 40. FIG. 3C is a perspective view of the distal portion 1300 of FIG. 3B. The distal portion 1300 includes a plurality of woven bulbs 1310 and woven necks 1320. The distal portion 1300 includes a woven neck 65 at the distal end. A radiopaque marker band 25 is coupled to the distal end of the proximal portion 200, discussed in further detail herein. The bulbs 1310 are longitudinally spaced from each other by the woven necks 1320. In some embodiments, the bulbs 1310 and the necks 1320 are an integral textile structure in which the filaments that form the bulbs 1310 are the same as and longitudinally continuous with the filaments that form the necks 1320. The bulbs 1310 are generally oblong, although the proximal and distal ends of the bulbs 1310 may begin to form the necks 1320. The bulbs 1310 extend radially outward from the longitudinal axis, increasing in diameter from proximal to distal, reaching an intermediate point, staying at the intermediate diameter for some length, and then decreasing in diameter from proximal to distal. The necks 1320 are cylindrical or generally cylindrical along the longitudinal axis, although the ends of the necks 1320 may flare outwardly to begin to from the bulbs 1310.

[0356] The distal portion 1300 includes ten bulbs 1310: three bulbs 1312, three bulbs 1314, two bulbs 1316, and two bulbs 1318. The bulbs 1312 have a smaller diameter than the bulbs 1314, which have a smaller diameter than the bulbs 1316, which have a smaller diameter than the bulbs 1318. The bulbs 1312 have substantially uniform diameters, the bulbs 1314 have substantially uniform diameters, the bulbs 1316 have substantially uniform diameters, and the bulbs 1318 have substantially uniform diameters. Due to the differing diameters of the bulbs 1310, the distal portion 1300 may be considered tapered, for example inwardly tapered from proximal to distal or outwardly tapered from distal to proximal, or the distal portion 1300 may be considered stepped, for example inwardly stepped from proximal to distal or outwardly stepped from distal to proximal. Other and opposite configurations are also possible. For example, the bulbs 1310 may be inwardly tapered or stepped from distal to proximal or outwardly stepped from proximal to distal. For another example, the bulbs 1310 may have random (e.g., non-sequential) diameters along the length of the distal portion 1300, which may include sections that are substantially cylindrical and/or sections that are stepped or tapered distally and/or proximally.

[0357] In some embodiments, the outer diameters of the bulbs 1310 in the radially-expanded configuration are as follows: the three distal extra-small oblong bulbs 1312 have an outer diameter configured to be oversized to the extra-small vessel segments such as the M2 segments of the middle cerebral artery (e.g., about 1.5 mm to about 2.25 mm); the proximally-next three small oblong bulbs 1314 have an outer diameter configured to be oversized to the smaller vessel segments such as the distal M1 segment of the middle cerebral artery (e.g., about 2.25 mm to about 2.75); the proximally-next two medium oblong bulbs 1316 have an outer diameter configured to be oversized to the medium vessel segments such as the proximal M1 segment of the middle cerebral artery (e.g., about 2.75 mm to about 3.25 mm); and the proximal two large oblong bulbs 1318 have an outer diameter configured to be oversized to the large vessel segments such as the distal supra-clinoid segment of the internal carotid artery (e.g., about 3.25 mm to about 4 mm). A tapered configuration of the distal portion 1300 can allow for adequate and safe deployment of the distal portion 1300 across blood vessels with multiple and/or varying diameters (e.g., vasculature that progressively reduces in size). Although some example diameters are provided herein, some embodiments of the distal portion 1300 may include diameters of the bulbs 1312, 1314, 1316, 1318 in accordance with the values provided above and/or diameters that are without about ±5%, about ±10%, about ±15%, or about ±20% of any such values.

[0358] FIG. 4A is a schematic side elevational view of another example embodiment of a distal portion 1400 of a vascular treatment device, for example the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30, or 40. The distal portion 1400 includes a plurality of woven bulbs 1410 and woven necks 1420. The distal portion 1400 includes a woven neck 65 at the distal end. A radiopaque marker band 25 is coupled to the distal end of the proximal portion 200, discussed in further detail herein. The bulbs 1410 are longitudinally spaced from each other by the woven necks 1420. In some embodiments, the bulbs 1410 and the necks 1420 are an integral textile structure in which the filaments that form the bulbs 1410 are the same as and longitudinally continuous with the filaments that form the necks 1420. The necks 1420 are cylindrical or generally cylindrical along the longitudinal axis, although the ends of the necks 1420 may flare outwardly to begin to from the bulbs 1410. The bulbs 1410 in FIG. 4A have substantially uniform diameters such that the distal portion 1400 may be considered non-tapered or cylindrical.

[0359] The distal portion 1400 includes ten bulbs 1410: seven generally spherical bulbs 1412 and three generally oblong bulbs 1414, in an interspersed pattern, from distal to proximal, of two bulbs 1412, one bulb 1414, two bulbs 1412, one bulb 1414, two bulbs 1412, one bulb 1414, and one bulb 1412. Other interspersing patterns are also possible. For example, an interspersed pattern may include one bulb 1412, one bulb 1414, one bulb 1412, one bulb 1414, one bulb 1412, one bulb 1414, one bulb 1412, one bulb 1414, one bulb 1412, and one bulb 1414. For another example, interspersed pattern may include one bulb 1412, two bulbs 1414, one bulb 1412, two bulbs 1414, one bulb 1412, two bulbs 1414, and one bulb 1412.

[0360] FIG. 4B is a schematic side elevational view of another example embodiment of a distal portion 1500 of a vascular treatment device, for example the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30, or 40. The bulbs 1510 are longitudinally spaced from each other by the woven necks 1520. The distal portion 1500 includes a woven neck 65 at the distal end. A radiopaque marker band 25 is coupled to the distal end of the proximal portion 200, discussed in further detail herein. In some embodiments, the bulbs 1510 and the necks 1520 are an integral textile structure in which the filaments that form the bulbs 1510 are the same as and longitudinally continuous with the filaments that form the necks 1520. The necks 1520 are cylindrical or generally cylindrical along the longitudinal axis, although the ends of the necks 1520 may flare outwardly to begin to from the bulbs 1510.

[0361] The distal portion 1500 includes ten bulbs 1510: six generally spherical bulbs 1511 and four generally oblong bulbs 1531. The generally spherical bulbs 1511 include two bulbs 1512, two bulbs 1514, one bulb 1516, and one bulb 1518. The bulbs 1512 have a smaller diameter than the bulbs 1514, which have a smaller diameter than the bulb 1516, which has a smaller diameter than the bulb 1518. The bulbs 1512 have substantially uniform diameters and the bulbs 1514 have substantially uniform diameters. The generally oblong bulbs 1531 include one bulb 1532, one bulb 1534, one bulb 1536, and one bulb 1538. The bulb 1532 has a smaller diameter than the bulb 1534, which has a smaller diameter than the bulb 1536, which has a smaller diameter than the bulb 1538. Due to the differing diameters of the bulbs 1510, the distal portion 1500 may be considered tapered, for example inwardly tapered from proximal to distal or outwardly tapered from distal to proximal, or the distal portion 1500 may be considered stepped, for example inwardly stepped from proximal to distal or outwardly stepped from distal to proximal. Other and opposite configurations are also possible. For example, the bulbs 1510 may be inwardly tapered or stepped from distal to proximal or outwardly stepped from proximal to distal. For another example, the bulbs 1510 may have random (e.g., non-sequential) diameters along the length of the distal portion 1500, which may include sections that are substantially cylindrical and/or sections that are stepped or tapered distally and/or proximally.

[0362] In some embodiments, the outer diameters of the bulbs 1510 in the radially-expanded configuration are as follows: the two distal extra-small spherical bulbs 1512 and the distal extra-small oblong bulb 1532 have an outer diameter configured to be oversized to the extra-small vessel segments such as the M2 segments of the middle cerebral artery (e.g., about 1.5 mm to about 2.25 mm); the proximally-next two small spherical bulbs 1514 and the small oblong bulb 1534 have an outer diameter configured to be oversized to the smaller vessel segments such as the distal M1 segment of the middle cerebral artery (e.g., about 2.25 mm to about 2.75 mm); the proximally-next medium spherical bulb 1516 and the medium oblong bulb 1536 have an outer diameter configured to be oversized to the medium vessel segments such as the proximal M1 segment of the middle cerebral artery (e.g., about 2.75 mm to about 3.25 mm); and the proximally-next large spherical bulb 1518 and the large oblong bulb 1538 have an outer diameter configured to be oversized to the large vessel segments such as the distal supra-clinoid segment of the internal carotid artery (e.g., about 3.25 mm to about 4 mm). A tapered configuration of the distal portion 1500 can allow for adequate and safe deployment of the distal portion 1500 across blood vessels with multiple and/or varying diameters (e.g., vasculature that progressively reduces in size). Although some example diameters are provided herein, some embodiments of the distal portion 1500 may include diameters of the bulbs 1512, 1514, 1516, 1518, 1532, 1534, 1536, 1538 in accordance with the values provided above and/or diameters that are within about ±5%, about ±10%, about ±15%, or about ±20% of any such values.

[0363] The distal portion 1500 includes ten bulbs 1510: six generally spherical bulbs 1511 and four generally oblong bulbs 1531, in an interspersed pattern. Other interspersing patterns are also possible. For example, an interspersed pattern may include one bulb 1512, one bulb 1532, two bulbs 1514, one bulb 1534, two bulbs 1516, one bulb 1536, one bulb 1518, and one bulb 1538. For another example, interspersed pattern may include one bulb 1512, two bulbs 1532, two bulbs 1514, one bulb 1534, one bulb 1516, one bulb 1536, one bulb 1518, and one bulb 1538.

[0364] FIG. 4C is a schematic side elevational view of another example embodiment of a distal portion 2200 of a vascular treatment device, for example the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30, or 40. FIG. 4D is a schematic proximal end view of the distal portion 2200 shown in FIG. 4C. The distal portion 2200 includes a plurality of woven bulbs 2210 and woven necks 2220 including filaments 156. The bulbs 2210 are longitudinally spaced from each other by the woven necks 2220. In some embodiments, the bulbs 2210 and the necks 2220 are an integral textile structure in which the filaments that form the bulbs 2210 are the same as and longitudinally continuous with the filaments that form the necks 2220. The bulbs 2210 are generally spherical, although the proximal and distal ends of the bulbs 2210 may begin to form the necks 2220. The necks 2220 are aligned along a longitudinal axis 2230. The bulbs 2210 are aligned along a longitudinal axis 2240. The longitudinal axis 2240 may run through a center of the distal portion 2200. The longitudinal axis 2230 is radially offset from the longitudinal axis 2240. The necks 2220 are aligned with chords of the bulbs 2210. The necks 2220 are cylindrical or generally cylindrical along the central or longitudinal axis, although the ends of the necks 2220 may flare outwardly to begin to from the bulbs 2210. The bulbs 2210 in FIG. 4C have substantially uniform dimensions or diameters (e.g., within about ±5%, about ±10%, about ±15%, or about 20% of each other) such that the distal portion 2200 may be considered non-tapered or cylindrical.

[0365] FIG. 4E is a schematic side elevational view of yet another example embodiment of a distal portion 2400 of a vascular treatment device, for example the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30 or 40. FIG. 4F is a schematic proximal end view of the distal portion 2400 of FIG. 4E. The distal portion 2400 includes a plurality of woven bulbs 2410, 2415 and woven necks 2420. The bulbs 2410, 2415 are longitudinally spaced from each other by the woven necks 2420. In some embodiments, the bulbs 2410, 2415 and the necks 2420 are an integral textile structure in which the filaments 156 that form the bulbs 2410, 2415 are the same as and longitudinally continuous with the filaments 156 that form the necks 2420. The bulbs 2410, 2415 are generally spherical, although the proximal and distal ends of the bulbs 2410, 2415 may begin to form the necks 2420. The necks 2220 are aligned along a longitudinal axis 2430. The longitudinal axis 2430 may run through a center of the distal portion 2400. The longitudinal axis 2430 is aligned to the chords of bulbs 2410 and to the chords of the bulbs 2415. The chords through the each of the bulbs 2410 are the same. The chords through each of the bulbs 2415 are the same. The chords through the bulbs 2410 are different from the chords through the bulbs 2415. The longitudinal position of the bulbs 2410, 2415 may alternate. The necks 2420 are between different chords of the bulbs 2410, 2415. The necks 2420 are cylindrical or generally cylindrical along the central or longitudinal axis, although the ends of the necks 2420 may flare outwardly to begin to from the bulbs 2410, 2415. The bulbs 2410 in FIG. 4E have substantially uniform dimensions or diameters (e.g., within about ±5%, about ±10%, about ±15%, or about 20% of each other) such that the distal portion 2400 may be considered non-tapered or cylindrical.

[0366] FIG. 4G is a schematic side elevational view of yet another example embodiment of a distal portion 2500 of a vascular treatment device, for example the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30, or 40. FIG. 4H is a schematic proximal end view of the distal portion 2500 of FIG. 4G. The distal portion 2500 includes a plurality of woven bulbs 2510 along an elongate support structure 2520 (such as a neck, tube, spindle, spine, rod, backbone, etc.). The elongate support structure 2520 is aligned along a longitudinal axis 2530. The longitudinal axis 2530 may run through a center of the distal portion 2500. The bulbs 2510 are hemi-spherical or generally hemi-spherical along the longitudinal axis 2530, although the elongate support structure 2520 between the bulbs 2510 may flare outwardly to begin to from the bulbs 2510. In some embodiments, the bulbs 2510 are hemispherical or generally hemi-spherical and so they appear as bulges on the sides of a single elongate support structure 2520 rather than as bulbs separated by a plurality of necks. The bulbs 2510 have substantially uniform dimensions or diameters (e.g., within about ±5%, about ±10%, about ±15%, or about 20% of each other) such that the distal portion 2500 may be considered non-tapered.

[0367] The distal portion 2500 includes bulbs 2510 that are phase-shifted. The bulbs 2510 are phase-shifted from each other by a phase-shift angle of about 120° relative to the longitudinal axis 2530 (for e.g., the bulbs 2516, 2512, 2519, 2515 are phase-shifted from the bulbs 2511, 2518, 2514 by a phase-shift angle 2560 of about 120°; the bulbs 2511, 2518, 2514 are phase-shifted from the bulbs 2517, 2513, 2521 by a phase-shift angle 2540 of about 120°; and the bulbs 2517, 2513, 2521 are phase-shifted from the bulbs 2516, 2512, 2519, 2515 by a phase-shift angle 2550 of about 120°). A phase-shifted configuration of the bulbs 2510 in the distal portion 2500 can allow for effective torsional rasping and mechanical thrombectomy of hard clots or organized thrombus adherent to the endothelium wall (inner walls of blood vessels). The term thrombus, as used herein, shall be given its ordinary meaning and shall include, but not be limited to, blood clots (e.g., attached to the blood vessel), emboli (e.g., floating blood clots), and other debris that may be removed from vessels. The terms thrombus, clot, and embolus may be used interchangeably depending on context. Although some example phase-shift angles are provided herein, some embodiments of the distal portion 2500 may include symmetric phase-shift angles that are uniform to each other with values that range between about 15° and about 345° (e.g., the phase-shift angles 2540, 2550, 2560 each being about 120°). For another example, some embodiments of the distal portion 2500 may include asymmetric phase-shift angles that are varying to each other with values that range between about 15° and about 345° (e.g., the phase shift-angles 2540, 2550 both being about 80° and the phase-shift angle 2560 being about 200°).

[0368] FIG. 4I is a schematic side elevational view of another example embodiment of a distal portion 1900 of a vascular treatment device, for example the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30, or 40. The distal portion 1900 includes a plurality of woven bulbs 1910 and woven necks 1920. The distal portion 1900 includes a woven neck 65 at the distal end. The necks 1920 are cylindrical or generally cylindrical along the longitudinal axis, although the ends of the necks 1920 may flare outwardly to begin to from the bulbs 1910.

[0369] The distal portion 1900 includes seven bulbs 1910: two bulbs 1911, two bulbs 1913, one bulb 1915, and two bulbs 1917. The bulbs 1911 have a smaller diameter than the bulbs 1913, which have a smaller diameter than the bulb 1915, which has a smaller diameter than the bulbs 1917. The bulbs 1911 have substantially uniform diameters, the bulbs 1913 have substantially uniform diameters, and the bulbs 1917 have substantially uniform diameters.

[0370] In some embodiments, the outer diameters of the bulbs 1910 in the radially-expanded configuration are as follows: the two distal extra-small spherical bulbs 1911 have an outer diameter configured to be oversized to the extra-small vessel segments such as the M2 segments of the middle cerebral artery (e.g., about 1.5 mm to about 2.25 mm); the proximally-next two small spherical bulbs 1913 have an outer diameter configured to be oversized to the smaller vessel segments such as the distal M1 segment of the middle cerebral artery (e.g., about 2.25 mm to about 2.75 mm); the proximally-next medium spherical bulb 1915 has an outer diameter configured to be oversized to the medium vessel segments such as the proximal M1 segment of the middle cerebral artery (e.g., about 2.75 mm to about 3.25 mm); and the proximally-next large spherical bulbs 1917 have an outer diameter configured to be oversized to the large vessel segments such as the distal supra-clinoid segment of the internal carotid artery (e.g., about 3.25 mm to about 4 mm). Due to the differing diameters of the bulbs 1910, the distal portion 1900 may be considered tapered, for example inwardly tapered from proximal to distal or outwardly tapered from distal to proximal, or the distal portion 1900 may be considered stepped, for example inwardly stepped from proximal to distal or outwardly stepped from distal to proximal. Other and opposite configurations are also possible. For example, the bulbs 1910 may be inwardly tapered or stepped from distal to proximal or outwardly stepped from proximal to distal. For another example, the bulbs 1910 may have random (e.g., non-sequential) diameters along the length of the distal portion 1900, which may include sections that are substantially cylindrical and/or sections that are stepped or tapered distally and/or proximally. A tapered configuration of the distal portion 1900 can provide adequate and safe deployment of the distal portion 1900 across blood vessels with multiple and/or varying diameters (e.g., vasculature that progressively reduces in size). Although some example diameters are provided herein, some embodiments of the distal portion 1900 may include diameters of the bulbs 1911, 1913, 1915, 1917 in accordance with the values provided above and/or diameters that are within about ±5%, about ±10%, about ±15%, or about ±20% of any such values.

[0371] The necks 1920 include a first neck 1921 having a first neck diameter 1931 (also the distal neck 65), a second neck 1922 having a second neck diameter 1932, a third neck 1923 having a third neck diameter 1933, a fourth neck 1924 having a fourth neck diameter 1934, a fifth neck 1925 having a fifth neck diameter 1935, a sixth neck 1926 having a sixth neck diameter 1936, a seventh neck 1927 having a seventh neck diameter 1937, and an eighth neck 1929 having an eighth neck diameter 1939 (also the proximal neck). The neck diameters 1930 including 1931, 1932, 1933, 1934, 1935, 1936, 1937, 1939 are uniform or substantially uniform. The distal portion 1900 includes necks 1920 having varying lengths: four necks 1921, 1922, 1924, 1927 having relatively short lengths, two necks 1926, 1929 having relatively medium lengths, and two necks 1923, 1925 having relatively long lengths in an interspersed pattern. Other interspersing patterns are also possible. For example, an interspersed pattern may include four necks 1921, 1922, 1924, 1927 with relatively short lengths, two necks 1926, 1929 with relatively medium lengths, and two necks 1923, 1925 with relatively long lengths.

[0372] Necks 1921, 1922, 1923, 1924, 1925, 1926, 1927, 1929 having varying lengths can provide controlled expansion of the bulbs 1910 adjacent to the necks 1920 during torsional rasping, aid in wall apposition of the bulbs 1910, and/or inhibit or prevent distal emboli. Necks 1921, 1922, 1923, 1924, 1925, 1926, 1927, 1929 having varying lengths may be deployed in such a manner that necks 1920 with longer lengths are deployed at the region of maximal clot burden, which can provide effective torsional rasping by entrapping soft clots or non-organized thrombus between the undulations of the bulbs 1910 on the varying lengths of the necks 1920.

[0373] FIG. 4J is a schematic side elevational view of another example embodiment of a distal portion 2000 of a vascular treatment device, for example the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30, or 40. The distal portion 2000 includes a plurality of woven bulbs 2010 and woven necks 2020. The distal portion 2000 includes a woven neck 65 at the distal end. The necks 2020 are cylindrical or generally cylindrical along the longitudinal axis, although the ends of the necks 2020 may flare outwardly to begin to from the bulbs 2010.

[0374] The distal portion 2000 includes nine bulbs 2010: three bulbs 2011, two bulbs 2013, two bulbs 2015, and two bulbs 2017. The bulbs 2011 have a smaller diameter than the bulbs 2013, which have a smaller diameter than the bulbs 2015, which have smaller diameters than the bulbs 2017. The bulbs 2011 have substantially uniform diameters, the bulbs 2013 have substantially uniform diameters, the bulbs 2015 have substantially uniform diameters, and the bulbs 2017 have substantially uniform diameters.

[0375] In some embodiments, the outer diameters of the bulbs 2010 in the radially-expanded configuration are as follows: the three distal extra-small spherical bulbs 2011 have an outer diameter configured to be oversized to the extra-small vessel segments such as the M2 segments of the middle cerebral artery (e.g., about 1.5 mm to about 2.25 mm); the proximally-next two small spherical bulbs 2013 have an outer diameter configured to be oversized to the smaller vessel segments such as the distal M1 segment of the middle cerebral artery (e.g., about 2.25 mm to about 2.75 mm); the proximally-next two medium spherical bulbs 2015 have an outer diameter configured to be oversized to the medium vessel segments such as the proximal M1 segment of the middle cerebral artery (e.g., about 2.75 mm to about 3.25 mm); and the proximally-next large spherical bulbs 2017 have an outer diameter configured to be oversized to the large vessel segments such as the distal supra-clinoid segment of the internal carotid artery (e.g., about 3.25 mm to about 4 mm). Due to the differing diameters of the bulbs 2010, the distal portion 2000 may be considered tapered, for example inwardly tapered from proximal to distal or outwardly tapered from distal to proximal, or the distal portion 2000 may be considered stepped, for example inwardly stepped from proximal to distal or outwardly stepped from distal to proximal. Other and opposite configurations are also possible. For example, the bulbs 2010 may be inwardly tapered or stepped from distal to proximal or outwardly stepped from proximal to distal. For another example, the bulbs 2010 may have random (e.g., non-sequential) diameters along the length of the distal portion 2000, which may include sections that are substantially cylindrical and/or sections that are stepped or tapered distally and/or proximally. A tapered configuration of the distal portion 2000 can provide adequate and safe deployment of the distal portion 2000 across blood vessels with multiple and/or varying diameters (e.g., vasculature that progressively reduces in size). Although some example diameters are provided herein, some embodiments of the distal portion 2000 may include diameters of the bulbs 2011, 2013, 2015, 2017, 2019 in accordance with the values provided above and/or diameters that are within about ±5%, about ±10%, about ±15%, or about ±20% of any such values.

[0376] The necks 2020 include a first neck 2021 having a first neck diameter 2041 (also the distal neck 65), a second neck 2022 having a second neck diameter 2031, a third neck 2023 having a third neck diameter 2032, a fourth neck 2024 having a fourth neck diameter 2033, a fifth neck 2025 having a fifth neck diameter 2034, a sixth neck 2026 having a sixth neck diameter 2035, a seventh neck 2027 having a seventh neck diameter 2036, and an eighth neck 2028 having an eighth neck diameter 2037, a ninth neck 2029 having a ninth neck diameter 2038, a tenth neck 2040 having a tenth neck diameter 2039 (also the proximal neck). The distal portion 2000 includes varying neck diameters 2030: seven necks 2021, 2022, 2023, 2025, 2026, 2028, 2040 having relatively narrow neck diameters 2041, 2031, 2032, 2034, 2035, 2037, 2039, respectively, and three necks 2024, 2027, 2029 having relatively wide neck diameters 2033, 2036, 2038, respectively, in an interspersed pattern. Other interspersing patterns are also possible. For example, an interspersed pattern may include seven necks 2021, 2022, 2023, 2025, 2027, 2029, 2040 having relatively narrow neck diameters 2041, 2031, 2032, 2034, 2036, 2038, 2039, respectively, and three necks 2024, 2026, 2028 having relatively wider neck diameters 2033, 2035, 2037, respectively (e.g., relatively wider neck diameters between changing bulb diameters). For another example, an interspersed pattern may include five necks 2021, 2024, 2026, 2028, 2040 having relatively narrow neck diameters 2041, 2033, 2035, 2037, 2039, respectively, and five necks 2022, 2023, 2025, 2027, 2029 having relatively wider neck diameters 2031, 2032, 2034, 2036, 2038, respectively (e.g., relatively narrow neck diameters between changing bulb diameters).

[0377] Varying neck diameters 2031, 2032, 2033, 2034, 2035, 2036, 2037, 2038, 2039, 2041 can allow for the outer diameters of the bulbs 2010 and/or the varying neck diameters 2030 to have adequate wall apposition across blood vessels with multiple and/or varying diameters (e.g., vasculature that progressively reduces in size), which can inhibit or prevent emboli from drifting into side branches of blood vessels during torsional rasping and/or mechanical thrombectomy. Varying neck diameters 2031, 2032, 2033, 2034, 2035, 2036, 2037, 2038, 2039, 2041 can allow the distal portion 2000 to be deployed in such a way that the wider neck diameters are deployed at the region of bifurcations or higher blood vessel branches and/or at regions of blood vessel diameter transitions, which can allow the distal portion 2000 to serve as a filter to inhibit emboli from drifting into the branches of the blood vessels during torsional rasping and/or mechanical thrombectomy.

[0378] FIG. 4K is a schematic side elevational view of another example embodiment of a distal portion 2100 of a vascular treatment device, for example the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30, or 40. The distal portion 2100 includes a plurality of woven bulbs 2110 and woven necks 2120. The distal portion includes a woven neck 65 at the distal end. The necks 2120 are cylindrical or generally cylindrical along the longitudinal axis, although the ends of the necks 2120 may flare outwardly to begin to from the bulbs 2110.

[0379] The distal portion 2100 includes nine bulbs 2110: three bulbs 2111, two bulbs 2113, two bulbs 2115, and two bulbs 2117. The bulbs 2111 have a smaller diameter than the bulbs 2113, which have a smaller diameter than the bulbs 2115, which have smaller diameters than the bulbs 2117. The bulbs 2111 have substantially uniform diameters, the bulbs 2113 have substantially uniform diameters, the bulbs 2115 have substantially uniform diameters, and the bulbs 2117 have substantially uniform diameters.

[0380] In some embodiments, the outer diameters of the bulbs 2110 in the radially-expanded configuration are as follows: the three distal extra-small spherical bulbs 2111 have an outer diameter configured to be oversized to the extra-small vessel segments such as the M2 segments of the middle cerebral artery (e.g., about 1.5 mm to about 2.25 mm); the proximally-next two small spherical bulbs 2113 have an outer diameter configured to be oversized to the smaller vessel segments such as the distal M1 segment of the middle cerebral artery (e.g., about 2.25 mm to about 2.75 mm); the proximally-next medium spherical bulbs 2115 have an outer diameter configured to be oversized to the medium vessel segments such as the proximal M1 segment of the middle cerebral artery (e.g., about 2.75 mm to about 3.25 mm); and the proximally-next large spherical bulbs 2117 have an outer diameter configured to be oversized to the large vessel segments such as the distal supra-clinoid segment of the internal carotid artery (e.g., about 3.25 mm to about 4 mm). Due to the differing diameters of the bulbs 2110, the distal portion 2100 may be considered tapered, for example inwardly tapered from proximal to distal or outwardly tapered from distal to proximal, or the distal portion 2100 may be considered stepped, for example inwardly stepped from proximal to distal or outwardly stepped from distal to proximal. Other and opposite configurations are also possible. For example, the bulbs 2110 may be inwardly tapered or stepped from distal to proximal or outwardly stepped from proximal to distal. For another example, the bulbs 2110 may have random (e.g., non-sequential) diameters along the length of the distal portion 2100, which may include sections that are substantially cylindrical and/or sections that are stepped or tapered distally and/or proximally. A tapered configuration of the distal portion 2100 can provide adequate and safe deployment of the distal portion 2100 across blood vessels with multiple and/or varying diameters (e.g., vasculature that progressively reduces in size). Although some example diameters are provided herein, some embodiments of the distal portion 2100 may include diameters of the bulbs 2111, 2113, 2115, 2117 in accordance with the values provided above and/or diameters that are within about ±5%, about ±10%, about ±15%, or about ±20% of any such values.

[0381] The necks 2120 include a first neck 2121 having a first neck diameter 2131 (also the distal neck 65), a second neck 2122 having a second neck diameter 2132, a third neck 2123 having a third neck diameter 2133, a fourth neck 2124 having a fourth neck diameter 2134, a fifth neck 2125 having a fifth neck diameter 2135, a sixth neck 2126 having a sixth neck diameter 2136, a seventh neck 2127 having a seventh neck diameter 2137, an eighth neck 2128 having an eighth neck diameter 2138, a ninth neck 2129 having a ninth neck diameter 2129, a tenth neck 2145 having a tenth neck diameter 2141 (also the proximal neck). The necks 2120 have varying neck diameters 2130 and varying lengths.

[0382] The distal portion 2100 includes varying neck diameters 2130: seven necks 2121, 2122, 2123, 2125, 2126, 2128, 2145 having relatively narrow neck diameters 2131, 2132, 2133, 2135, 2136, 2138, 2141, respectively, and three necks 2124, 2127, 2129 having relatively wide neck diameters 2134, 2137, 2139, respectively, in an interspersed pattern. Other interspersing patterns are also possible. For example, an interspersed pattern may include seven necks 2121, 2122, 2123, 2125, 2127, 2129, 2145 having relatively narrow neck diameters 2131, 2132, 2133, 2135, 2137, 2139, 2141, respectively, and three necks 2124, 2126, 2128 having relatively wider neck diameters 2134, 2136, 2138, respectively (e.g., relatively wider neck diameters between changing bulb diameters). For another example, an interspersed pattern may include five necks 2121, 2124, 2126, 2128, 2145 having relatively narrow neck diameters 2131, 2134, 2136, 2138, 2141, respectively, and five necks 2122, 2123, 2125, 2127, 2129 having relatively wider neck diameters 2132, 2133, 2135, 2137, 2139, respectively (e.g., relatively narrow neck diameters between changing bulb diameters).

[0383] The distal portion 2100 includes necks 2120 having varying lengths: eight necks 2121, 2122, 2123, 2124, 2126, 2127, 2129, 2145 having relatively short lengths, one neck 2128 having a relatively medium length, and one neck 2125 having a relatively long length in an interspersed pattern. Other interspersing patterns are also possible. For example, an interspersed pattern may include four necks 2121, 2122, 2123, 2124 having relatively short lengths, four necks 2126, 2127, 2129, 2145 having relatively medium lengths, and two necks 2125, 2128 having relatively large lengths.

[0384] Varying neck diameters 2131, 2132, 2133, 2134, 2135, 2136, 2137, 2138, 2139, 2141 can allow for the outer diameters of the bulbs 2110 and/or the varying neck diameters 2130 to have adequate wall apposition across blood vessels with multiple and/or varying diameters (e.g., vasculature that progressively reduces in size), which can inhibit or prevent emboli from drifting into side branches of blood vessels during torsional rasping and/or mechanical thrombectomy. Varying neck diameters 2130 including 2131, 2132, 2133, 2134, 2135, 2136, 2137, 2138, 2139, 2141 can allow the distal portion 2100 to be deployed in such a way that the wider neck diameters are deployed at the region of bifurcations or higher blood vessel branches and/or at regions of blood vessel diameter transitions, which can allow the distal portion 2100 to serve as a filter to inhibit emboli from drifting into the branches of the blood vessels during torsional rasping and/or mechanical thrombectomy. Necks 2121, 2122, 2123, 2124, 2125, 2126, 2127, 2128, 2129, 2145 having varying lengths can provide controlled expansion of the bulbs 2110 adjacent to the necks 2120 during torsional rasping, aid in wall apposition of the bulbs 2110, and/or inhibit or prevent distal emboli. Necks 2121, 2122, 2123, 2124, 2125, 2126, 2127, 2128, 2129, 2145 having varying lengths may be deployed in such a manner that necks 2120 with longer lengths are deployed at the region of maximal clot burden, which can provide effective torsional rasping by entrapping soft clots or non-organized thrombus between the undulations of the bulbs 2110 on the varying lengths of the necks 2120. Necks 2121, 2122, 2123, 2124, 2125, 2126, 2127, 2128, 2129, 2145 with varying lengths and/or diameters 2131, 2132, 2133, 2134, 2135, 2136, 2137, 2138, 2139, 2141 may provide for combinations of some or all of these advantages.

[0385] As illustrated, for example in FIGS. 2A-4K, and described herein, the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30, or 40 may include a wide variety of different bulb parameters such as bulb quantity, shape, size, spacing, phase-shifting with regards to the longitudinal axis or to a chord of the axis, filament parameters (e.g., material, material ratio, thickness, shape, etc.), different neck parameters (e.g., neck diameter, neck length, etc.), braid parameters (e.g., pattern, angle, density, pore size, etc.), alignment to the longitudinal axis or to a chord of the axis, combinations thereof, and the like.

[0386] Each of the distal portions 1000, 1100 illustrated in FIGS. 2A and 2B includes ten bulbs 1010, 1110. Other numbers of bulbs 1010, 1110 are also possible. For example, in some embodiments, the distal portion includes between one and nine bulbs, between 11 and 30 bulbs, or more than 30 bulbs. In some embodiments, the distal portion includes 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20 bulbs. In some implementations, for example in which the device is configured to be used in peripheral vessels (e.g., in the leg), where clots can be up to 20 cm or even 40 cm, 11 to 30 or more, or 40 to 60, bulbs may be used. In some embodiments, 1 bulb is used for about every 0.2 cm to 5 cm (e.g., about every 0.5 cm to 2 cm).

[0387] The term bulb, as used herein, shall be given its ordinary meaning and shall include, but not be limited to, protruding or bulging portions that may be rounded (e.g., rounded balls, spheres, cylinders, or beads) or non-rounded, which are typically, but not necessarily, provided along (e.g., separately or integrated with) a support structure. A bulb may have a consistent cross-section or may have two or more different cross-sections. A bulb may have one, two, or more than two open ends or lumens therethrough. Bulb shapes may include, for example, e.g., with respect to a top view, side view, and/or cross-section, at least one of sphere, oblong, egg, oval, ellipse, cylinder, spiral, twisted, helical, triangle, rectangle, parallelogram, rhombus, square, diamond, pentagon, hexagon, heptagon, octagon, nonagon, decagon, quatrefoil, trapezoid, trapezium, other polygons, oblate spheroids (e.g., flattened spheroids), prolate spheroids (e.g., elongated spheroids), curvilinear or bulged versions of these and other shapes, combinations thereof (e.g., a distal section of bulb having a different shape than a proximal section of a bulb), and the like. Different shapes of bulbs may be used in a distal portion 100. For example, as illustrated in FIGS. 4A and 4B, spherical bulbs and oblong bulbs may be used in the same distal portion 100. In some embodiments, different shapes of bulbs are alternated. In some embodiments, the distal portion 100 includes a series of various shapes of bulbs (e.g., including two or more bulbs each having different shapes), and each series is repeated two, three, four, five, six, seven, or more times. In some embodiments, the distal portion 100 includes bulbs having a first shape at the ends and bulbs having a second different shape between the end bulbs. In some embodiments, the distal portion 100 includes bulbs having a first shape in a distal section and bulbs having a second different shape in a proximal section.

[0388] In some embodiments in which a bulb comprises an egg, oval or elliptical shape, a tapered portion of the bulb facing the distal end of the distal portion 100 can aid navigation to increasingly small vessels, for example at the transition point to a smaller vessel. For example, the tapered end of can help the distal portion 100 from internal carotid artery (ICA) to M1 or from M1 to M2 segments of the brain.

[0389] In some embodiments, at least some of the bulbs have a size (with respect to the outer diameter in an expanded configuration) of about 1 mm to about 80 mm (e.g., about 2 mm to about 12 mm). Bulbs in range of about 1 mm to about 6 mm, about 3 mm to about 4.5 mm, about 0.5 mm to about 3 mm (e.g., about 3 mm), 0.75 mm to about 3 mm (e.g., about 3 mm), about 3.1 mm to about 3.9 mm (e.g., about 3.5 mm), about 4 mm to about 4.4 mm (e.g., 4 mm), and about 4.5 mm to about 7.5 mm (e.g., about 4.5 mm) may be particular beneficial for smaller clots and/or vessels (e.g., in the brain). Bulbs in range of about 4 mm to about 10 mm and about 5 mm to about 40 mm may be particular beneficial for larger clots and/or vessels (e.g., in the leg). In some embodiments, all of the bulbs have a size (with respect to the outer diameter in an expanded configuration) greater than about 0.75 mm, greater than about 1 mm, greater than about 1.5 mm, greater than about 2 mm, greater than about 2.5 mm, or greater than about 2.75 mm. Large sizes may be particularly beneficial in some embodiments because they effectively engage or appose vessel walls, are simpler to manufacture, etc.

[0390] The bulb sizes described herein may be reduced by about 1.3 times to about 10 times (e.g., about 1.3 to about 2.5 times, about 2.5 to about 4 times, about 4 to about 7 times, about 7 to about 10 times, and overlapping ranges therein) in the collapsed configuration. In some embodiments, the collapsed configuration of the bulbs is about 50% to about 80% of the inner diameter of the delivery catheter (e.g., microcatheter). For example, in embodiments in which a microcatheter has an inner diameter of about 0.0125 inches (approx. 0.32 mm), the bulbs in the collapsed state can have a diameter between about 0.006 inches (approx. 0.16 mm) and about 0.01 inches (approx. 0.25 mm). In some embodiments, for example for use in small vessels, the bulbs may have a size in the collapsed state of about 0.1 mm and about 0.9 mm (e.g., about 0.25 mm to about 0.5 mm). In some embodiments, for example for use in small vessels, the bulbs may have a size in the collapsed state of about 0.5 mm and about 5 mm.

[0391] In some embodiments, the dimensions of the bulbs vary based on the shape of the bulb. For example, the diameter may vary if the shape is a sphere. For another example, the diameter and/or length may vary if the shape is oblong. For yet another example, the length of a side and/or the angle of a vertex of a may vary if the shape of is a polygon (e.g., triangle).

[0392] The diameter or width of the distal portion 100 varies along the length of the distal portion 100. Examples of diameters or widths of bulbs are described above. In some embodiments, the diameter or width of the necks between, proximal to, and/or distal to bulbs is in the range of about 0.15 mm to about 0.75 mm, about 0.35 mm to about 0.65 mm (e.g., about 0.38 mm), or about 0.4 mm to about 0.45 mm in an expanded configuration and in the range of about 0.1 mm to about 0.5 mm, about 0.1 mm to about 0.34 mm, about 0.27 mm to about 0.37 mm, or about 0.25 mm to about 0.33 mm (e.g., about 0.32 mm) in the collapsed configuration. In some embodiments, the diameter or width of the distal portion 100 is in the range of about 0.1 mm to about 0.34 mm (e.g., about 0.25 mm to about 0.33 mm) in the collapsed configuration, for example small enough to fit in the smallest currently commercially available microcatheter, which has an inner diameter of 0.017 inches (approx. 0.43 mm). In some implementations, for example in which the device is configured to be used in larger vessels, the diameter or width of the distal portion 100 is in the range of about 1 mm to about 40 mm (e.g., about 5 mm to about 20 mm) in the expanded configuration and the in the range of about 0.5 mm to about 10 mm (e.g., about 1 mm to about 2 mm) in the collapsed configuration.

[0393] The diameter or dimension of the necks may be the same or different. For example, the diameters of the necks may vary across the longitudinal length of the distal portion 100. In some embodiments, the diameter of the neck at least partially depends on the size of one or both adjacent bulbs. For example, referring again to FIG. 2B, the diameter of the necks 1120 between the bulbs 1118 may be larger than the diameter of the necks 1120 between the bulbs 1116, which may be larger than the diameter of the necks 1120 between the bulbs 1114, which may be larger than the diameter of the necks 1120 between the bulbs 1112. In some embodiments, varying the diameter or dimension of the necks with variance in the diameter or dimension of the bulbs can help to vary or maintain an undulation pattern, which can help to trap thrombus and/or inhibit or prevent distal emboli with enhanced wall apposition by the bulbs 1110 and the necks 1120.

[0394] In some embodiments, starting at the distal end of the distal portion 100, each consecutively proximal bulb is larger than the other. In some embodiments, two or more bulb sizes may be in an alternating pattern. As an example, a series of three bulb sizes may be alternated seven times for a total of twenty-one bulbs. In some embodiments, three or more bulb sizes are in a series, and each series is repeated two, three, four, five, six, seven, or more times. In some embodiments, larger bulbs may be at the ends of the distal portion 100, while smaller bulbs are in the middle of the distal portion 100. In some embodiments, smaller bulbs may be at the ends of the distal portion 100, while larger bulbs are in the middle of the distal portion 100. In some embodiments, the distal portion 100 comprises bulbs of varying dimensions without specificity to a longitudinal position.

[0395] The positioning or spacing of the bulbs may be beneficial for certain vessel sizes and/or clot locations, material, and/or sizes. Bulbs may be touching (e.g., contiguous) or non-touching. The distal portion 100 may include bulbs that are both touching and non-touching. In some embodiments, the distal portion 100 includes bulbs that are all non-touching and/or are spaced apart by one or more necks. These necks may be of the same or different material than the bulbs. The necks may also be shaped differently than the bulbs. The necks may comprise, be embedded with, or coated by markers or other visualization aids (such as radiopaque portions).

[0396] The bulbs may be separated by distances of about 0.1 mm to about 50 mm, including, but not limited to, about 0.5 mm to about 1 mm, about 1 mm to about 2 mm, about 2 mm to about 3 mm, about 3 mm to about 4 mm, about 4 mm to about 5 mm, about 5 mm to about 8 mm, about 8 mm to about 10 mm, about 10 mm to about 12 mm, about 12 mm to about 15 mm, about 15 mm to about 25 mm, about 25 mm to about 35 mm, and about 35 mm to about 50 mm apart, including overlapping ranges thereof. The spaces between the bulbs in the distal portion 100 may be constant, or spacing between two or more (or all) of the bulbs may be different. In some embodiments, some bulbs are spaced the same distance from one another, while other bulbs have different spacing. In some embodiments, the length of the necks can at least partially depend on the length of at least one adjacent bulb. For example, the length of a neck may be between about 0.25 to about 2 times the length of a bulb proximal thereto, a bulb distal thereto, or an average length of the bulbs proximal and distal thereto. The necks can be more than an inert link between two bulbs. For example, when a distal portion 100 is torsionally rasped, longer necks may be squeezed tighter as they are rotated, allowing the bulbs ahead and behind to bulge even further. When the necks are the same length and a distal portion 100 is torsionally rasped, each of the necks will be squeezed moderately, resulting in moderate radial force out of the preceding and following bulbs.

[0397] In some embodiments, lengths of the necks may be at least partially based on the size and quantity of the bulbs the desired length of the distal portion 100, and/or the desired length of a distal neck 65, described further herein. For example, if the desired length of the distal portion 100 is about 60.5 cm, if three spherical bulbs having a diameter of about 3 mm, three spherical bulbs having a diameter of about 3.5 mm, two spherical bulbs having a diameter of about 4 mm, and two spherical bulbs having a diameter of about 4.5 mm are desired, and approximately equal spacing with a distal neck 65 having a length of about 4 mm, the necks may have a length of about 2 mm including a neck proximal to the proximal-most bulb.

[0398] Neck shapes may include, for example, e.g., with respect to a cross-section, at least one of a circle, oblong, egg, oval, ellipse, triangle, rectangle, parallelogram, rhombus, square, diamond, pentagon, hexagon, heptagon, octagon, nonagon, decagon, quatrefoil, trapezoid, trapezium, other polygons, curvilinear or bulged versions of these and other shapes, combinations thereof (e.g., a distal section of neck having a different shape than a proximal section of a neck), and the like. Different shapes of necks may be used in a distal portion 100. In some embodiments, the distal shape of the neck at least partially depends on the shape of at least one adjacent bulb.

[0399] The distal portion 100 may be braided, knitted, or woven with two or more strands (e.g., about 6 strands to about 144 strands, about 12 strands to about 120 strands, about 12 strands to about 96 strands, about 12 strands to about 72 strands, about 48 strands) in some embodiments. Strands may include filaments, wires, ribbons, etc. having a circular cross-section, an arcuate non-circular cross-section (e.g., oval, ellipsoid, etc.), a rectangular cross-section (e.g., square), a trapezoidal cross-section, combinations thereof, and the like. In some embodiments, the number of strands of a distal portion 100 is at least partially based on the desired expanded configuration diameter of the distal portion 100. For example, in some embodiments, 32 strands are used for a distal portion 100 expanded configuration diameter ranging from 2.5 mm and smaller, 48 strands are used for a distal portion 100 expanded configuration diameter ranging from about 2.5 mm to about 4.5 mm, 64 strands are used for a distal portion 100 expanded configuration diameter ranging from about 4.5 mm to about 6.0 mm, 72 strands are used for a distal portion 100 expanded configuration diameter ranging from 6.0 mm and greater, etc. In some embodiments, the strands have a diameter between about 0.0005 inches (approx. 0.013 mm) and about 0.04 inches (approx. 1 mm) (e.g., between about 0.0005 inches (approx. 0.013 mm) and about 0.0015 inches (approx. 0.038 mm), between about 0.0008 inches (approx. 0.02 mm) and about 0.012 inches (approx. 0.3 mm), between about 0.0008 inches (approx. 0.02 mm) and about 0.002 inches (approx. 0.05 mm), e.g., about 0.001 inches (approx. 0.025 mm), about 0.00125 inches (approx. 0.032 mm)). As the diameter of the vessel(s) to be treated increases, the diameter of the distal portion 100 increases, and at least one of the number of filaments, filament density, filament diameter, etc. may also increase, for example to provide the same density, picks (or pixels) per inch (PPI), etc. of the distal portion 100 or a portion thereof. In some embodiments, the necks have a uniform PPI.

[0400] The thickness or diameter of filaments comprising shape memory material may influence mechanical properties such as hoop strength, for example thicker filaments imparting more hoop strength. The thickness or diameter of filaments comprising radiopaque material may influence the visibility under x-ray and/or fluoroscopy, for example thicker filaments being easier to visualize. In some embodiments, the distal portion 100 comprises a shape memory filament having a first diameter or thickness and a radiopaque filament having a second diameter or thickness different than the first diameter or thickness. Different thicknesses or diameters can, for example allow adjustment to filament size based at least partially on the intended use of that filament. For example, if large hoop strength is not desired but high visibility is desired, relatively lower diameter shape memory filaments and relatively larger radiopaque filaments may be used. Other combinations are also possible. For example, in some embodiments, the distal portion 100 comprises a first shape memory filament having a first diameter or thickness and a second shape memory filament having a second diameter or thickness different than the first diameter or thickness. For another example, in some embodiments, the distal portion 100 comprises a first radiopaque filament having a first diameter or thickness and a second radiopaque filament having a second diameter or thickness different than the first diameter or thickness.

[0401] In some embodiments, the distal portion 100 is configured to allow the user of a device 10, 20, 30, 40 to crowd, compress, or bunch parts of the distal portion 100 such that some parts of the distal portion 100 have a higher density in some sections than in other sections, which may be useful, for example, for removing stubborn clots inhibiting or preventing inadvertent emboli, and/or decreasing flow into an aneurysm or an arterio-venous fistula to aid thrombosis.

[0402] The distal portion 100 may have a length in the range of about 0.5 cm to about 20 cm (e.g., about 1 cm to about 20 cm, about 5 cm to about 10 cm, about 4 cm to about 8 cm, etc.). In some implementations, for example in which the device is configured to be used in larger vessels (e.g., outside the brain), the distal portion 100 may have a length greater than about 20 cm (e.g., about 20 cm to about 50 cm). The length of the distal portion 100 may be characterized by the length of the distal portion 100 configured to appose the sidewalls of a vessel. For example, the length of the distal portion 100 may be characterized by approximately the center of the proximal-most bulb to the center of the distal-most bulb. In some embodiments, the usable length of the distal portion is between about 5 mm and about 60 mm (e.g., about 55.25 mm, which would be slightly oversized for treatment of any clot up to about 55 mm in length). As described further herein, the entire length of the distal portion 100 need not be used in every procedure.

[0403] The distal portion 100 may have a wall thickness, in some embodiments, ranging from about 0.01 mm to about 4 mm, about 0.02 mm to about 1 mm, or about 0.02 mm to about 0.05 mm (e.g., about 0.025 mm). The wall thickness may be between the thickness or diameter of one strand and the thickness or diameter of two strands (e.g., at a strand crossing point), in accordance with strand dimensions described herein. In some embodiments, the distal neck 65 or the distal end of the distal portion 100 may have the same or a different wall thickness than sections of the distal portion 100 proximal thereto. For example, the distal neck 65 or the distal end of the distal portion 100 may have a wall thickness between about 0.01 mm and about 4 mm, between about 0.02 mm and about 1 mm, or between about 0.02 mm and about 0.05 mm (e.g., about 0.025 mm). In some embodiments, the distal neck 65 or the distal end of the distal portion 100 may have the same or a different number of filaments than sections of the distal portion 100 proximal thereto. For example, the distal neck 65 or the distal end of the distal portion 100 may have a number of filaments between about 6 and about 144, between about 12 and about 120, between about 12 and about 96, or between about 12 and about 72 (e.g., about 48). In some embodiments, the distal neck 65 or the distal end of the distal portion 100 may have the same or a different ratio between diameter or dimension in an expanded state to diameter or dimension in a collapsed state. For example, the distal neck 65 or the distal end of the distal portion 100 may have a ratio between about 1:1 (e.g., collapsed state and expanded state are the same) and about 10:1 (e.g., about 1.2:1).

[0404] At least some of the strands of the distal portion 100 may comprise a shape memory alloy (e.g., nickel titanium or cobalt chromium). In some embodiments, about 50% to about 95% (e.g., about 75%) of the strands of the distal portion 100 comprise a shape memory alloy (e.g., nickel titanium, cobalt chromium, etc.) and about 5 to about 50% (e.g., 25%) of the strands of the distal portion 100 comprise a radiopaque material (e.g., platinum iridium, platinum tungsten, etc.). In some embodiments, the distal portion 100 comprises between about 1 strand and about 144 strands, between about 1 strand and about 120 strands, between about 1 strand and about 60 strands, between about 2 strands and about 48 strands (e.g., about 36 strands), etc. comprising a shape memory alloy (e.g., nickel titanium, cobalt chromium, etc.). In some embodiments, the distal portion 100 comprises between about 1 strand and about 60 strands, between about 1 strand and about 48 strands, between about 2 strands and about 24 strands (e.g., about 12 strands), etc. comprising a radiopaque material (e.g., platinum iridium, platinum tungsten, etc.). The shape memory filaments may help with heat treating to an expanded distal portion 100 shape, and the radiopaque filaments may aid in visualizing the device under x-ray and/or fluoroscopy during a procedure using the distal portion 100. The radiopaque strands can be spaced or clustered to increase visibility under x-ray and/or fluoroscopy. For example, a thick-band pattern may be used, which can include a plurality of radiopaque strands (e.g., 2 to 12 radiopaque strands) that are circumferentially adjacent.

[0405] In some embodiments, the distal portion 100 (e.g., the elongate support structure and/or the bulbs) comprises filaments including materials that are biocompatible or surface-treated to produce biocompatibility. Suitable materials may include, for example, platinum, titanium, nickel, chromium, cobalt, tantalum, tungsten, iron, manganese, molybdenum, and alloys thereof including nickel titanium (e.g., nitinol), nickel titanium niobium, chromium cobalt, copper aluminum nickel, iron manganese silicon, silver cadmium, gold cadmium, copper tin, copper zinc, copper zinc silicon, copper zinc aluminum, copper zinc tin, iron platinum, manganese copper, platinum alloys, cobalt nickel aluminum, cobalt nickel gallium, nickel iron gallium, titanium palladium, nickel manganese gallium, stainless steel, shape memory alloys, etc. Suitable materials may also include polymers such as polylactic acid (PLA), polyglycolic acid (PGA), poly lactic co-glycolic acid (PLGA), polycaprolactone (PCL), polyorthoesters, polyanhydrides, and copolymers thereof. Suitable materials may also include alloys (e.g., nitinol, chromium cobalt, platinum tungsten, etc.) and combinations of materials (e.g., filaments with a radiopaque core or cladding in combination with a cladding or core, respectively, of a different material, a plurality of filaments including different materials, etc.). In some embodiments, the distal portion 100 comprises nitinol and platinum tungsten.

[0406] In some embodiments, prior to braiding, the shape memory filaments are cold worked (e.g., without heat treatment). In some embodiments, prior to braiding, the shape memory filaments are straight annealed (e.g., undergone heat treatment and straightened as a wire).

[0407] In some embodiments, the braid pattern of the distal portion 100 is one-over-one-under-one, one-over-one-under-two, one-over-two-under-two, two-over-one-under-one, two-over-one-under-two, three-over-one-under-one, three-over-one-under-two, three-over-one-under-three, three-over-two-under-one, three-over-two-under-two, three-over-three-under-one, three-over-three-under-two, three-over-three-under-three, two-over-two-under-one, two-over-two-under-two, etc. In some embodiments, a braid pattern of one-over-one-under-one can results in the highest radial force and smallest pore size. Other patterns may result in a relatively higher pore size and/or relatively lower radial force. The braid pattern may be constant along the entire length of the distal portion 100, or may vary, for example along the longitudinal axis of the distal portion 100. For example, the braid pattern may vary between the necks and bulbs, from proximal to distal, etc. The braid pattern or filament crossover pattern, which is generally due to rotation and spinning of the braiding device or carrier braider during braiding, is different than a radiopaque banding pattern, which is generally due to the arrangement of the filaments on the spools or carriers prior to braiding and/or the rotation and spinning of the braiding device or carrier braider.

[0408] The braid angle is the angle between the filaments and an axis perpendicular to the longitudinal or production axis of the distal portion 100, which can range from about 0° to about 180°. FIG. 4L is a schematic side elevational view of still another example embodiment of a distal portion 4800 of a vascular treatment device, for example the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30 or 40. The distal portion 4800 comprises a plurality of filaments including left-leaning filaments 4815 and right-leaning filaments 4825 that are woven over a longitudinal or production axis 4840. FIG. 4M is a schematic side elevational view of still another example embodiment of a distal portion 4900 of a vascular treatment device, for example the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30 or 40. The distal portion 4900 comprises a plurality of filaments including left-leaning filaments 4915 and right-leaning filaments 4925 that are woven over a longitudinal or production axis 4840. In each of FIGS. 4L and 4M, an axis that is perpendicular to the longitudinal or production axis 4840 is the braid axis 4850. The relative speed of rotation of the horn gear in the horizontal plane, which is part of the braider device or carrier braider as described herein, and the motion of the puller in the vertical direction 164 can at least partially determine the braid angle. The left-leaning filaments 4815, 4915 have a braid angle (BA_L) 4810, 4910 and the right-leaning filaments 4825, 4925 have a braid angle (BA_R) 4820, 4920. The braid angle 4810, 4910 of the left-leaning filaments 4815, 4925 is the obtuse angle 4810, 4910 formed by each left-leaning filament 4815, 4915 and the braid axis 4850. The braid angle 4820, 4920 of the right-leaning filaments 4825, 4925 is the obtuse angle 4820, 4920 formed by each right-leaning filament 4825, 4925 and the braid axis 4850. In the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 4L, the braid angle 4810 is about 120° and the braid angle 4820 is about 120°. In the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 4M, the braid angle 4910 is about 155° and the braid angle 4920 is about 155°.

[0409] In some embodiments in which the filaments 4815, 4825, 4915, 4925 extend from spools mounted on the spindles of a braider device or carrier braider that are symmetrically arranged, the BA_L=BA_R, which can result in symmetric pore sizes for the distal portion 100. In some embodiments in which the filaments 4815, 4825, 4915, 4925 extend from spools mounted on the spindles of a braider device or carrier braider that are asymmetrically arranged, the BA_L and BA_R can be different, which can result in asymmetric pore sizes for the distal portion 100.

[0410] The interlacing angle is the angle between the right-leaning filaments 4825, 4925 and the left-leaning filaments 4815, 4915 of the distal portion 100, which can range from about 0° to about 180° (e.g., about 0° to about 90°). In the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 4L, the interlacing angle 4830 is about 60°. In the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 4M, the interlacing angle 4930 is about 130°.

[0411] In some embodiments, braid angle may be influenced by a ratio between the speed of rotation S_h of the circular horn gear or yarn wheel and the speed of motion S_v in the vertical direction of the puller (S_h/S_v). For example, if the speed of rotation S_h is slower than the speed of motion S_v (e.g., when the horn gear ratio S_h/S_v is less than 1.0), a relatively low braid angle can be obtained, for example as illustrated in FIG. 4M. For another example, if the speed of rotation S_h is faster than the speed of motion S_v (e.g., when the horn gear ratio S_h/S_v is greater than 1.0), a relatively high braid angle can be obtained, for example as illustrated in FIG. 4L. The braid angle may influence, for example, the overall radial force of the distal portion 100 as exerted on the walls of the vessel. In some embodiments, the braid angle is in the range of about 45° to about 179°, about 130° to about 160° (e.g., about 151°), about 95° to about 125° (e.g., about 111°, about 112°), etc. Braid angles below about 50° may lack radial strength and/or be too porous. In some embodiments, the average radial resistive force (RRF), which is a measure of the radial outward force that the distal portion 100 exerts as it resists compression, the hoop strength, which is a measure of the ability of a distal portion 100 to withstand radial compressive forces, and/or the chronic outward force (COF), which is a measure of the force that the distal portion 100 exerts as it expands to its expanded state, along the distal portion 100 is between about 2 mm Hg (approx. 0.27 kilopascals (kPa)) and about 50 mm Hg (approx. 6.7 kPa). In some embodiments, the differential force (e.g., COF minus RRF) is sufficient to expand a target vessel between about 0% and about 30% (e.g., between about 0% and about 10%, between about 10% and about 20%, between about 20% and about 30%, and overlapping ranges thereof). In some embodiments, the force of the device (e.g., one or more bulbs) is sufficient to entangle the clot without perforating the vessel.

[0412] PPI is an example parameter reflecting how much filament material exists in a square inch (approx. 6.5 cm²) of the distal portion 100. FIG. 4N is a schematic side elevational view of an example square inch (approx. 6.5 cm²) of an example embodiment of a distal portion 2700 of a vascular treatment device, for example the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30, or 40. FIG. 4N illustrates a one-over-one-under-one braid pattern with pores 2710 being created by the intersection of a plurality of crossing filaments 156, which may comprise shape memory material and/or radiopaque material. The PPI may range from about 30 PPI to about 300 PPI, about 30 PPI to about 75 PPI (e.g., about 32 PPI, about 57 PPI), about 150 PPI to about 190 PPI (e.g., about 171 PPI), about 75 PPI to about 125 PPI (e.g., about 104 PPI), about 143 PPI to about 171 PPI (e.g., about 157 PPI), about 125 PPI to about 175 PPI (e.g., about 143 PPI), etc. Higher PPI can result in smaller pore size, which can inhibit or prevent debris and small thrombi from being uncaptured, dislodged during capture, and/or released into downstream vasculature (e.g., in the brain). Higher PPI can result in a smaller pore size, which can decrease flow into an aneurysm or a vascular malformation such as an arterio-venous fistula, which can aid in thrombosis of the aneurysm or vascular malformation. Lower PPI can result in a larger pore size, which can allow adequate flow into perforating vessels or small blood vessels, which can maintain flow in these small but important blood vessels. Porosity between about 60% and about 78% may decrease flow into aneurysms or vascular malformations including arterio-venous fistulae and/or permit perfusion to branch vessels.

[0413] Pore size is another example parameter reflecting the amount of filament material, and is the size of a hole or aperture or pore created by the intersection of a plurality crossing filaments. Pore dimensions are a corollary to PPI, but they are different in that PPI is a measure of the amount of metal or filaments you would find in a square inch. In embodiments in which the braid pattern is one-over-one-under-one, for example, referring again to FIG. 4N, four crossing filaments may create a quadrilateral-shaped (e.g., rectangle, square, parallelogram, rhombus, diamond, trapezoid) pore. Pores may be large enough to permit perfusion of blood (e.g., at least about 5 microns or micrometers (μm)) to at least about 7 μm should permit red blood cells to pass therethrough), but small enough to trap stroke-causing debris, which generally has a size greater than about 200 μm. In some embodiments, the distal portion 100 comprises pores having a diameter or dimension (e.g., length of a side) between about 0.02 mm² and about 1 mm², between about 0.02 mm² and about 0.05 mm², or between about 0.02 mm² and about 0.025 mm².

[0414] In some embodiments, the pore size is substantially uniform across the entire distal portion 100. In some embodiments, the pore size varies across the length of the distal portion 100. For example, the pore size may be substantially uniform along necks and vary along bulbs. For another example, variable pore size may take into account bulbs extending radially outward from necks, and reducing the pore size in the largest dimension areas of the bulbs can help to inhibit debris from being released (e.g., into the brain).

[0415] A ratio of the diameter of a filament in the distal portion 100 (e.g., in mm) to the area of the pore between the filaments in the distal portion (e.g., in mm²) may be about 1:1 (e.g., in 1/mm), for example on average along the length of the distal portion 100. In some embodiments, the ratio may be about 1:0.5, about 1:0.6, about 1:0.7, about 1:0.8, about 1:0.9, about 1:1, about 1:1.2, about 1:1.3, about 1:1.4, or about 1:1.5. Larger and smaller ratios are also possible.

[0416] In some embodiments, increased outward expansile force and/or compression resistance can be provided by a higher braid angle and/or higher PPI. In some embodiments, the force/resistance (e.g., radial force) is in a range sufficient to expand target vessel(s) in the range of about 0% to about 30%. In some embodiments, the total diameter of the distal portion 100 in the expanded state is about 0.5 mm to about 1.5 mm greater than the diameter of the target vessel(s). In some embodiments, the total diameter or size of the distal portion 100 in the expanded state is oversized by about 10% to about 50% with respect to the diameter of the target vessel(s), which can provide radial force sufficient to appose the sidewalls of the vessel and/or slightly expand the vessel and to inhibit debris from flowing between the vessel walls and bulbs of the distal portion 100.

[0417] In some embodiments, forming the distal portion 100 includes cutting (e.g., sheared, clipping, trimming, severing, or the like) the distal ends of the filaments of the distal portion 100. In some embodiments, the cut distal ends of the filaments of the distal portion 100 are left loose, with no further treatment. In certain such embodiments, the size of the filaments allows them to be flexible enough to not puncture tissue. In some embodiments, after cutting, the distal ends of the filaments of the distal portion 100 may be treated in a variety of ways. For example, the distal ends of the filaments of the distal portion 100 may be bent back, welded (e.g., ball welded), polished (e.g., to a dull end), coupled in sleeves, dip coated (e.g., in polymer such as polyurethane), coupled (e.g., adhered, welded, etc.), for example to an arcuate member (e.g., a radiopaque marker band, for example as illustrated in FIG. 5D), combinations thereof, and the like.

[0418] In some embodiments, forming the distal portion 100 includes cutting (e.g., sheared, clipping, trimming, severing, laser cut, combinations thereof, and the like) the proximal ends of the filaments of the distal portion 100. In some embodiments, the lengths of the distal neck 65, bulbs, and necks between bulbs have a predetermined length, and the length of an optional neck proximal to the proximal-most bulb can be used to control the total length of the distal portion 100. The proximal ends of the filaments of the distal portion may be coupled to the proximal portion 200, as described further herein. The length of the proximal neck may take into account the length of the joint 300.

[0419] In some embodiments, the bulbs are integral with the necks in the distal portion 100. For example, the plurality of woven filaments may make up the bulbs and the necks between, proximal to, and/or distal to the bulbs. In some embodiments, the filaments may extend continuously longitudinally from a proximal end of the distal portion to a distal end of the distal portion 100. In some embodiments, the filaments may extend continuously longitudinally for a portion of the distal portion 100 (e.g., including one bulb and one neck, including a plurality of bulbs and a plurality of necks, including a plurality of bulbs and one neck, including one bulb and a plurality of necks, etc.).

[0420] In some embodiments, the bulbs are coupled (fixably or reversibly coupled) on or along an elongate support structure (such as a neck, tube, spindle, spine, rod, backbone, etc.). For example, the bulbs may be welded, glued, soldered, dip-coated, spray-coated, combinations thereof, and the like to the elongate support structure. The elongate support structure may be hollow, filled, or partially hollow. The elongate support structure may comprise a wire, a woven tubular member, a hypotube, combinations thereof, and the like. In certain such embodiments, the distal portion 100 may comprise a single elongate support structure or a plurality of elongate support structures (e.g., a series of tubular members between bulbs).

[0421] FIGS. 2A, 2B, 3A, 3B, 4A, 4B, and 4I-4K illustrate an optional distal neck 65, which extends distally from the distal-most bulb. The distal neck 65 may be cylindrical or substantially cylindrical, although the proximal end of the distal neck 65 may flare outwardly to begin the distal-most bulb. In some embodiments, in an expanded configuration, the distal neck 65 has an outer diameter of less than about 0.017 inches (approx. 0.43 mm) and, in a collapsed configuration, has an outer diameter of less than about 0.0125 inches (approx. 0.32 mm). In some embodiments, the distal neck 65 has a diameter in the expanded configuration in the range of about 0.35 mm to about 0.65 mm (e.g., about 0.40 mm to about 0.45 mm). In some embodiments, the distal neck 65 has a diameter in the collapsed configuration in the range of about 0.1 mm to about 0.34 mm (e.g., about 0.25 mm to about 0.33 mm). In some embodiments, for example in which the device is configured to be used in larger vessels (e.g., the leg, outside the brain), the distal neck in the expanded configuration has a diameter in the range of about 1 mm to about 40 mm and in the collapsed configuration has a diameter in the range of about 0.5 mm to about 10 mm. In some embodiments, a ratio of the diameter of the distal neck 65 in the expanded configuration to the diameter of the distal neck 65 in the collapsed configuration is about 1.2:1 to about 10:1. Smaller ratios may be useful, for example, in smaller vessels, and larger ratios may be useful, for example, in larger vessels. In some embodiments, the distal neck 65 is narrow and has similar outer diameter in the expanded and collapsed configuration. The distal neck 65 may have a length that ranges from about 1 mm to about 5 mm. The length of the distal neck 65 may at least partially depend on the desired usable length of the distal portion 100, parameters of the bulbs, and/or parameters of the neck. For example, a length of the distal neck 65 may be a multiple of an average length of necks between bulbs (e.g., about 1.5 times to about 2.5 times, e.g., about 2 times). In some embodiments, the distal neck 65 may have a pigtail or other shape that can make the distal neck 65 more atraumatic.

[0422] Proximal to the proximal-most bulb, FIGS. 2A, 2B, 3A, 3B, 4A, 4B, and 4I-4K illustrate a proximal portion 200 and a marker band 25, for example as further discussed herein. Although illustrated in FIGS. 2A, 2B, 3A, 3B, 4A, 4B, and 4I-4K as being coupled to the distal portion 1000, 1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, 1900, 2000, 2100 proximal to the proximal-most bulb as schematically illustrated in FIG. 1A, the proximal portion 200 may be coupled to the distal portion 1000, 1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, 1900, 2000, 2100 distal to the distal-most bulb, for example as schematically illustrated in FIG. 1B, the proximal portion 200 may be coupled to the distal portion 1000, 1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, 1900, 2000, 2100 distal to the distal-most bulb and proximal to the distal end of the proximal portion 200, for example as schematically illustrated in FIG. 1C, or the proximal portion 200 may be coupled to the distal portion 1000, 1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, 1900, 2000, 2100 proximal to the distal-most bulb, for example as schematically illustrated in FIG. 1D.

[0423] FIGS. 2A, 2B, 3A, 3B, 4A, 4B, 4I, 4J, and 4K illustrate example embodiments of distal portions 1000, 1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, 1900, 2000, 2100 in which each of the longitudinal axes of the necks 1020, 1120, 1220, 1320, 1420, 1520, 1920, 2020, 2150 is substantially aligned with or substantially the same as the longitudinal axis of the distal portion 1000, 1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, 1900, 2000, 2100, which in some embodiments can allow the distal portions 1000, 1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, 1900, 2000, 2100 to exert substantially even radial forces on the sidewalls of a vessel being treated. In some embodiments, referring again to FIGS. 4C and 4E, the longitudinal axes 2230, 2430 of the necks 2220, 2420 may be non-aligned with longitudinal axes of the distal portion 2200, 2400. For example, in embodiments in which the distal portion 2200, 2400, comprises spherical bulbs, the longitudinal axes 2230, 2430 of the necks 2220, 2420 may be aligned along chords of the spheres, which in some embodiments can allow the distal portions 2200, 2400 to exert substantially uneven radial forces on the sidewalls of a vessel being treated, which may be useful, for example, to dislodge clots adherent to the endothelium. Each of the following embodiments is possible: coaxially aligned necks with substantially uniform diameter and substantially uniform lengths; coaxially aligned necks with substantially uniform diameter and varying lengths; coaxially aligned necks with varying diameters and substantially uniform lengths; and coaxially aligned necks with varying diameters and varying lengths.

[0424] In some embodiments, referring again to FIG. 4E, in which the distal portion 2400 comprises spherical bulbs 2410, 2415, the longitudinal axes of the necks may be aligned along different chords of the spheres, for example connecting different parts of the circumferences of the bulbs. For example, the necks may alternate about 180° between an upper longitude and a lower longitude. For another example, the necks may circumferentially rotate about 90°, about 120°, etc. between each bulb. In some embodiments in which the distal portion 2500 comprises triangular bulbs, the longitudinal axes of the necks may be aligned along different axes of the triangles, referring again to FIG. 4G, for example shifting vertices between each bulb 2510. Phase shifting of the neck positions, or viewed alternatively as phase-shifting of the bulb shapes, along the longitudinal axis of the distal portion 2500 can help to capture stubborn or aged clots.

[0425] FIG. 5A is a schematic side elevational view of another example embodiment of a distal portion 1600 of a vascular treatment device, for example the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30, or 40. The distal portion 1600 includes, in an expanded state, a cylindrical wide-mouthed textile structure that expands radially outwardly from proximal to distal, and then stays at the larger diameter until the distal end. FIG. 5B is a schematic side elevational view of yet another example of a distal portion 2300 of a vascular treatment device, for example the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30, or 40. The distal portion 2300 includes, in an expanded state, a proximal neck 70 and a wave-shaped wide-mouthed textile structure that alternatingly expands radially outwardly to a peak or hill 2310 and radially inward to a valley 2320 from proximal to distal and then stays at the larger diameter until the distal end 75. The expanding section may be generally hemispherical (e.g., as illustrated in FIG. 5A), wave-shaped (e.g., as illustrated in FIG. 5B), tapered, stepped, combinations thereof, and the like. The distal-most bulb of distal portions described herein may be adapted to extend radially outward from the longitudinal axis, increasing in diameter from proximal to distal, reaching an intermediate point, and then staying at the intermediate diameter (e.g., without a distal neck 65). The distal portions 1600, 2300 may be useful, for example, for apposing sidewalls of a vessel along substantially an entire length of a clot and/or for apposing sidewalls of a vessel having an aneurysm or a vascular malformation such as an arterio-venous fistula, which can decrease flow into the aneurysm or the vascular malformation such as an arterio-venous fistula and aiding thrombosis.

[0426] FIG. 5C is a schematic side elevational view of still another example embodiment of a distal portion 1700 of a vascular treatment device, for example the distal portion 100 of the device 10 20, 30, or 40. The distal portion 1700 includes, in an expanded state, one elongate bulb 1705, a proximal neck 70, and a distal neck 65. FIG. 5D is a schematic side elevational view of still yet another example embodiment of a distal portion 1710 of a vascular treatment device, for example the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30, or 40. The distal portion 1710 illustrated in FIG. 5D, like the distal portion 1700 illustrated in FIG. 5C, includes one elongate bulb 1705, a proximal neck 70, and a distal neck 65. The distal portion 1710 also includes a radiopaque marker band 1720 coupled to the distal end of the distal neck 65, which may be used to determine the position of the bulb 1705 within a vessel. FIG. 5D also illustrates a radiopaque marker band 25 coupled to the distal end of the proximal portion 200, discussed in further detail herein. The distal portions 1700, 1710 may be useful, for example, for apposing sidewalls of a vessel along substantially an entire length of a clot, and radially inwardly displacing filament ends (e.g., to further reduce the risk of puncturing tissue).

[0427] The mouths, or open end, at the proximal end of the distal portion 100 and at the distal end of the distal portion 100 may be wide (e.g., as illustrated by the distal end of the distal portion 1600 in FIG. 5A, the distal portion 2300 in FIG. 5B) or narrow (e.g., as illustrated by the distal end of the distal portion 1700 in FIG. 5C and the distal end of the distal portion 1710 in FIG. 5D). Each of the following embodiments is possible: a distal portion 100 including a wide mouth at the distal end and a wide mouth at the proximal end; a distal portion 100 including a wide mouth at the distal end and a narrow mouth at the proximal end; a distal portion 100 including a narrow mouth at the distal end and a wide mouth at the proximal end; and a distal portion 100 including a narrow mouth at the distal end and a narrow mouth at the proximal end. A narrow mouth at the distal end of the distal portion 100 can help navigation to increasingly smaller vessels and/or may serve as an atraumatic distal tip. A narrow mouth at the proximal end of the distal portion 100 can help insertion into the distal end of a proximal portion 200 (e.g., as described with respect to FIGS. 20A-23C). A wide mouth at the distal end and the proximal end of the distal portion 100 can help with wall apposition (e.g., the distal end at least partially acting as an embolic filter and/or when the distal portion 100 is used to treat aneurysms or vascular malformations such as arterio-venous fistula).

[0428] FIG. 5E is a schematic side elevational view of another example embodiment of a distal portion 1800 of a vascular treatment device, for example the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30, or 40. The distal portion 1800 includes, in an expanded state, one generally spherical distal bulb 1802, one generally proximal elongate bulb 1804, a neck 1806 between the bulb 1802 and the bulb 1804, a proximal neck 1809, and a distal neck 65. The neck 1806 has a shorter length than the proximal neck 1809 and the distal neck 1808. FIG. 5E also illustrates a radiopaque marker band 25 coupled to the distal end of the proximal portion 200, discussed in further detail herein. The distal portion 1800 may be useful, for example, for apposing sidewalls of a vessel along substantially an entire length of a clot, providing a distal bulb 1802 that can act as a distal embolic protection device, and radially inwardly displacing filament ends (e.g., to further reduce the risk of puncturing tissue).

[0429] FIG. 5F is a schematic side elevational view of yet another example embodiment of a distal portion 1810 of a vascular treatment device, for example the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30, or 40. The distal portion 1810 includes, in an expanded state, one generally spherical distal bulb 1812, one generally spherical proximal bulb 1816, one generally elongate bulb 1814 between the bulb 1812 and the bulb 1816, necks 1818 between the bulbs 1812, 1814 and between the bulbs 1814, 1816, a proximal neck 1819, and a distal neck 65. FIG. 5F also illustrates a radiopaque marker band 25 coupled to the distal end of the proximal portion 200, discussed in further detail herein. The distal portion 1810 may be useful, for example, for apposing sidewalls of a vessel along substantially an entire length of a clot, providing a distal bulb 1812 that can act as a distal embolic protection device, providing a proximal spherical bulb 1816 that can be optionally deployed if a clot is longer than expected, and radially inwardly displacing filament ends (e.g., to further reduce the risk of puncturing tissue).

[0430] FIGS. 4A, 4B, 5E, and 5F show example embodiments of a pattern of bulb shapes in which at least one of the bulbs 1412 in FIG. 4A, at least one of the bulbs 1511 in FIG. 4B, at least one of the bulbs 1802 in FIG. 5E, and at least one of the bulbs 1812 in FIG. 5F has a shape different than at least one of the other bulbs 1414 in FIG. 4A, at least one of the other bulbs 1531 in FIG. 4B, at least one of the other bulbs 1804 in FIG. 5E, and at least one of the other bulbs 1814 in FIG. 5F, respectively. With reference to FIG. 4B, this different or combination shape pattern persists even when the bulbs have different sizes. In the embodiments illustrated in FIGS. 4A, 4B, 5E, and 5F, some of the bulbs 1412, 1511, 1802, 1812 are spherical and some of the bulbs 1414, 1531, 1804, 1814 are oblong, but distal portions 100 including bulbs having other combinations of shapes are also possible.

[0431] FIG. 5G is a schematic side elevational view of still another example embodiment of a distal portion 1820 of a vascular treatment device, for example the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30, or 40. The distal portion 1820 includes, in an expanded state, one generally elongate distal bulb 1822, one generally elongate proximal bulb 1826, one generally elongate bulb 1824 between the bulb 1822 and the bulb 1826, necks 1828 between the bulbs 1822, 1824 and between the bulbs 1824, 1826, a proximal neck 1829, and a distal neck 65. FIG. 5G also illustrates a radiopaque marker band 25 coupled to the distal end of the proximal portion 200, discussed in further detail herein. The bulb 1824 is longer than the bulbs 1822, 1824. The distal portion 1820 may be useful, for example, for apposing sidewalls of a vessel along substantially an entire length of a clot, providing a distal bulb 1822 that can act as a distal embolic protection device, providing a proximal bulb 1826 that can be optionally deployed if a clot is longer than expected, and radially inwardly displacing filament ends (e.g., to further reduce the risk of puncturing tissue).

[0432] FIG. 6A is a schematic side elevational view of another example embodiment of a distal portion 9000 of a vascular treatment device, for example the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30, or 40. The distal portion 9000 includes, in an expanded state, a plurality of woven bulbs 9003, 9005, 9007 and necks 9020 with braid angles that vary along the length of the distal portion 9000. The distal portion 9000 includes, in an expanded state, one generally spherical distal bulb 9003, one generally spherical proximal bulb 9007, one generally elongate bulb 9005 between the bulb 9003 and the bulb 9007, a neck 9014 between the bulbs 9003, 9005, a neck 9016 between the bulbs 9005, 9007, a wide-mouth proximal neck 9018, and a wide-mouth distal neck 9012. In some embodiments, the distal portion 9000 includes a plurality of segments, at least one of which has a different braid angle. The distal portion 9000 illustrated in FIG. 6A includes a proximal segment 9006 having a relatively low braid angle, a middle segment 9002 having a relatively high braid angle, and a distal segment 9004 having a relatively low braid angle 9004. In some embodiments, segments 9004, 9006 may have braid angles ranging from about 0° to about 90° (e.g., about 17°, about 22°, about 45°, etc.). Lower braid angle segments generally have lower PPI and tend to be more porous. Lower PPI can result in a larger pore size, which can allow adequate flow into perforating vessels or small blood vessels adjoining an aneurysm or a vascular malformation such as an arterio-venous fistula, which can maintain flow in these small but important blood vessels. In some embodiments, the segment 9002 may have braid angles ranging from about 91° to about 180° (e.g., about 111°, about 112°, about 151°, etc.). Higher braid angle segments generally have a higher PPI and tend to be less porous. Higher PPI can result in a smaller pore size, which can decrease flow into an aneurysm or a vascular malformation such as an arterio-venous fistula, which can aid in thrombosis of the aneurysm or vascular malformation. The bulbs have substantially uniform dimensions or diameters (e.g., within about ±5%, about ±10%, about ±15%, or about 20% of each other) such that the distal portion 9000 may be considered non-tapered.

[0433] FIG. 6B is a schematic side elevational view of yet another example embodiment of a distal portion 9100 of a vascular treatment device, for example the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30, or 40. The distal portion 9100 includes, in an expanded state, a plurality of woven bulbs 9103, 9105, 9107 and necks 9115 having braid angles that vary along the length of the distal portion 9100. In some embodiments, the distal portion 9100 includes, in an expanded state, one generally spherical distal bulb 9103, one generally spherical proximal bulb 9107, one generally elongate bulb 9105 between the bulb 9103 and the bulb 9107, a neck 9114 between the bulbs 9103, 9105, a neck 9116 between the bulbs 9105, 9107, a wide-mouth proximal neck 9118, and a wide-mouth distal neck 9112. The distal portion 9100 illustrated in FIG. 6B includes a proximal segment 9120 having a relatively low braid angle and a distal segment 9110 having a relatively high braid angle. In some embodiments, the segment 9120 may have braid angles ranging from about 0° to about 90° (e.g., about 17°, about 22°, about 45°, etc.). Lower braid angle segments generally have lower PPI and tend to be more porous. Lower PPI can result in a larger pore size, which can allow adequate flow into perforating vessels or small blood vessels adjoining an aneurysm or a vascular malformation such as an arterio-venous fistula, which can maintain flow in these small but important blood vessels. In some embodiments, the segment 9110 may have braid angles ranging from about 91° to about 180° (e.g., about 111°, about 112°, about 151°, etc.). Higher braid angle segments generally have a higher PPI and tend to be less porous. Higher PPI can result in a smaller pore size, which can decrease flow into an aneurysm or a vascular malformation such as an arterio-venous fistula, which can aid in thrombosis of the aneurysm or vascular malformation. The bulbs have substantially uniform dimensions or diameters (e.g., within about ±5%, about ±10%, about ±15%, or about 20% of each other) such that the distal portion 9100 may be considered non-tapered.

[0434] FIG. 6C is a schematic side elevational view of still another example embodiment of a distal portion 9200 of a vascular treatment device, for example the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30, or 40. The distal portion 9200 includes, in an expanded state, a plurality of woven bulbs 9203, 9205, 9207 and necks 9215 having braid angles that vary along the length of the distal portion 9200. The distal portion 9200 includes, in an expanded state, one generally spherical distal bulb 9203, one generally spherical proximal bulb 9207, one generally elongate bulb 9205 between the bulb 9203 and the bulb 9207, a neck 9214 between the bulbs 9203, 9205, a neck 9216 between the bulbs 9205, 9207, a wide-mouth proximal neck 9218, and a wide-mouth distal neck 9212. In some embodiments, the distal portion 9200 includes a plurality of segments, at least one of which has a different braid angle. The distal portion 9200 illustrated in FIG. 6C includes a distal segment 9210 having a relatively low braid angle and a proximal segment 9220 having a relatively high braid angle. In some embodiments, the segment 9210 may have braid angles ranging from about 0° to about 90° (e.g., about 17°, about 22°, about 45°, etc.). Lower braid angle segments generally have lower PPI and tend to be more porous. Lower PPI can result in a larger pore size, which can allow adequate flow into perforating vessels or small blood vessels adjoining an aneurysm or a vascular malformation such as an arterio-venous fistula, which can maintain flow in these small but important blood vessels. In some embodiments, the segment 9220 may have braid angles ranging from about 91° to about 180° (e.g., about 111°, about 112°, about 151°, etc.). Higher braid angle segments generally have a higher PPI and tend to be less porous. Higher PPI can result in a smaller pore size, which can decrease flow into an aneurysm or a vascular malformation such as an arterio-venous fistula, which can aid in thrombosis of the aneurysm or vascular malformation. The bulbs have substantially uniform dimensions or diameters (e.g., within about ±5%, about ±10%, about ±15%, or about 20% of each other) such that the distal portion 9200 may be considered non-tapered.

[0435] FIG. 6D is a schematic side elevational view of still yet another example embodiment of a distal portion 9300 of a vascular treatment device, for example the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30, or 40. The distal portion 9300 includes, in an expanded state, a plurality of woven bulbs 9303, 9305, 9307 and necks 9315 having braid angles that vary along the length of the distal portion 9300. The distal portion 9300 includes, in an expanded state, one generally spherical distal bulb 9303, one generally spherical proximal bulb 9307, one generally elongate bulb 9305 between the bulb 9303 and the bulb 9307, a neck 9314 between the bulbs 9303, 9305, a neck 9316 between the bulbs 9305, 9307, a wide-mouth proximal neck 9318, and a wide-mouth distal neck 9312. In some embodiments, the distal portion 9300 includes a plurality of segments, at least one of which has a different braid angle. The distal portion 9300 illustrated in FIG. 6D includes a proximal segment 9306 having a relatively high braid angle, a middle segment 9320 having a relatively low braid angle, and a distal segment 9304 having a relatively high braid angle. In some embodiments, the segment 9320 may have braid angles ranging from about 0° to about 90° (e.g., about 17°, about 22°, about 45°, etc.). Lower braid angle segments generally have lower PPI and tend to be more porous. Lower PPI can result in a larger pore size, which can allow adequate flow into perforating vessels or small blood vessels adjoining an aneurysm or a vascular malformation such as an arterio-venous fistula, which can maintain flow in these small but important blood vessels. In some embodiments, the segments 9304, 9306 may have braid angles ranging from about 91° to about 180° (e.g., about 111°, about 112°, about 151°, etc.). Higher braid angle segments generally have a higher PPI and tend to be less porous. Higher PPI can result in a smaller pore size, which can decrease flow into an aneurysm or a vascular malformation such as an arterio-venous fistula, which can aid in thrombosis of the aneurysm or vascular malformation. The bulbs have substantially uniform dimensions or diameters (e.g., within about ±5%, about ±10%, about ±15%, or about 20% of each other) such that the distal portion 9300 may be considered non-tapered.

[0436] FIG. 6E is a schematic side elevational view of another example embodiment of a distal portion 9400 of a vascular treatment device, for example the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30, or 40. The distal portion 9400 includes, in an expanded state, a plurality of woven bulbs 9403, 9405, 9407 and necks 9415 having braid angles that vary along the length of the distal portion 9400. The distal portion 9400 includes, in an expanded state, one generally spherical distal bulb 9403, one generally spherical proximal bulb 9407, one generally elongate bulb 9405 between the bulb 9403 and the bulb 9407, a neck 9414 between the bulbs 9403, 9405, a neck 9416 between the bulbs 9405, 9407, a wide-mouth proximal neck 9418, and a wide-mouth distal neck 9412. In some embodiments, the distal portion 9400 includes a plurality of segments, at least one of which has a different braid angle. The distal portion 9400 illustrated in FIG. 6E includes a proximal segment 9404 having a relatively low braid angle, a segment 9408 having a medium braid angle, a middle segment 9430 having a relatively high braid angle, a segment 9406 having a medium braid angle, and a distal segment 9402 having a relatively low braid angle. In some embodiments, the lower braid angle segments 9402, 9404 may have braid angles ranging from about 0° to about 80° (e.g., about 17°, about 22°, about 45°, etc.). Lower braid angle segments generally have lower PPI and tend to be more porous. Lower PPI can result in a larger pore size, which can allow adequate flow into perforating vessels or small blood vessels adjoining an aneurysm or a vascular malformation such as an arterio-venous fistula, which can maintain flow in these small but important blood vessels. In some embodiments, the higher braid angle segment 9430 may have braid angles ranging from about 111° to about 180° (e.g., about 111°, about 112°, about 151°, etc.). Higher braid angle segments generally have a higher PPI and tend to be less porous. Higher PPI can result in a smaller pore size, which can decrease flow into an aneurysm or a vascular malformation such as an arterio-venous fistula, which can aid in thrombosis of the aneurysm or vascular malformation. In some embodiments, the medium braid angle segments 9406, 9408 may have braid angles ranging from about 81° to about 110° (e.g., about 90°, about 105°, etc.). Medium braid angle segments generally have moderate pore size and avoid for abrupt transitions in pore size, which can allow for operator error in adequate placement of the flow diverters across aneurysms and blood vessels. The bulbs have substantially uniform dimensions or diameters (e.g., within about ±5%, about ±10%, about ±15%, or about 20% of each other) such that the distal portion 9400 may be considered non-tapered.

[0437] The variable porosities described for example with respect to FIGS. 6A-6E can be combined with bulbs and necks as described herein, for example, the plurality of woven bulbs and necks illustrated in FIGS. 6F and 6G as described herein.

[0438] FIG. 6F is a schematic side elevational view of yet another example embodiment of a distal portion 9500 of a vascular treatment device, for example the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30, or 40. The distal portion 9500 includes a plurality of woven bulbs 9503, 9505, 9507 and woven necks 9520. The distal portion 9500 includes, in an expanded state, one generally spherical distal bulb 9503, one generally spherical proximal bulb 9507, one generally elongate bulb 9505 between the bulb 9503 and the bulb 9507, a neck 9514 between the bulbs 9503, 9505, a neck 9516 between the bulbs 9505, 9507, a wide-mouth proximal neck 9518, and a wide-mouth distal neck 9512. In some embodiments, the distal portion 9500 includes a plurality of segments, at least one of which has a different braid angle. The distal portion 9500 illustrated in FIG. 6F includes a proximal segment 9506 having a relatively low braid angle, a middle segment 9504 having a relatively high braid angle, and a distal segment 9502 having a relatively low braid angle. In some embodiments, the lower braid angle segments 9502, 9506 may have braid angles ranging from about 0° to about 90° (e.g., about 17°, about 22°, about 45°, etc.). Lower braid angle segments generally have lower PPI and tend to be more porous. Lower PPI can result in a larger pore size, which can allow adequate flow into perforating vessels or small blood vessels adjoining an aneurysm or a vascular malformation such as an arterio-venous fistula, which can maintain flow in these small but important blood vessels. In some embodiments, the higher braid angle segment 9504 may have braid angles ranging from about 91° to about 180° (e.g., about 111°, about 112°, about 151°, etc.). Higher braid angle segments generally have a higher PPI and tend to be less porous. Higher PPI can result in a smaller pore size, which can decrease flow into an aneurysm or a vascular malformation such as an arterio-venous fistula, which can aid in thrombosis of the aneurysm or vascular malformation. The bulbs 9510 have substantially uniform dimensions or diameters (e.g., within about ±5%, about ±10%, about ±15%, or about 20% of each other) such that the distal portion 9500 may be considered non-tapered.

[0439] FIG. 6G is a schematic side elevational view of still another example embodiment of a distal portion 9600 of a vascular treatment device, for example the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30, or 40. The distal portion 9600 includes a plurality of woven bulbs 9610 and woven necks 9620. The distal portion 9600 includes, in an expanded state, one generally spherical distal bulb 9603, one generally elongate proximal bulb 9607, one generally spherical bulb 9605 between the bulb 9603 and the bulb 9607, a neck 9614 between the bulbs 9603, 9605, a neck 9616 between the bulbs 9605, 9607, a proximal neck 9618, and a distal neck 9612. In some embodiments, the distal portion 9600 includes a plurality of segments, at least one of which has a different braid angle. The distal portion 9600 illustrated in FIG. 6G includes a proximal segment 9604 having a relatively high braid angle and a distal segment 9602 having a relatively low braid angle. In some embodiments, the lower braid angle segment 9602 may have braid angles ranging from about 0° to about 90° (e.g., about 17°, about 22°, about 45°, etc.). Lower braid angle segments generally have lower PPI and tend to be more porous. Lower PPI can result in a larger pore size, which can allow adequate flow into perforating vessels or small blood vessels adjoining an aneurysm or a vascular malformation such as an arterio-venous fistula, which can maintain flow in these small but important blood vessels. In some embodiments, the higher braid angle segment 9604 may have braid angles ranging from about 91° to about 180° (e.g., about 111°, about 112°, about 151°, etc.). Higher braid angle segments generally have a higher PPI and tend to be less porous. Higher PPI can result in a smaller pore size, which can decrease flow into an aneurysm or a vascular malformation such as an arterio-venous fistula, which can aid in thrombosis of the aneurysm or vascular malformation.

[0440] In some embodiments, the outer diameters of the bulbs 9610 in the radially-expanded configuration are as follows: the distal medium spherical bulb 9603 has an outer diameter configured to be oversized to the medium vessel segments such as the proximal M1 segment of the middle cerebral artery (e.g., about 2.75 mm to about 3.25 mm); the middle extra-large spherical bulb 9605 has on outer diameter configured to be oversized by about 25% to about 50% of the largest diameter of one of the bifurcation of vessels such as the internal carotid artery bifurcation (e.g., about 5 mm to about 6 mm); and the proximally-next large elongate bulb 9607 has an outer diameter configured to be oversized to the large vessel segments such as the distal supra-clinoid segment of the internal carotid artery (e.g., about 3.25 mm to about 4 mm). Although some example diameters are provided herein, some embodiments of the distal portion 9600 may include diameters of the bulbs 9603, 9605, 9607 in accordance with the values provided above and/or diameters that are within about ±5%, about ±10%, about ±15%, or about ±20% of any such values.

[0441] FIG. 6H is a schematic side elevational view of still yet another example embodiment of a distal portion 11300 of a vascular treatment device, for example the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30, or 40. The distal portion 11300 includes, in an expanded state, a plurality of woven bulbs 11323, 11325, 11327 and necks 11330 including a plurality of segments having variable pore size along the length of the distal portion 11300. The distal portion 11300 includes, in an expanded state, one generally spherical distal bulb 11323, one generally spherical proximal bulb 11327, one generally elongate bulb 11325 between the bulb 11323 and the bulb 11327, a neck 11324 between the bulbs 11323, 11325, a neck 11326 between the bulbs 11325, 11327, a wide-mouth proximal neck 11328, and a wide-mouth distal neck 11322. In some embodiments, the distal portion 11300 includes a proximal segment 11315 having a relatively low braid angle and relatively higher porosity and a distal segment 11305 having a relatively low braid angle and relatively higher porosity. The middle segment 11310 includes a first portion 11311 on one side of the longitudinal axis 4640 having a relatively low braid angle and that is relatively more porous and a second portion 11312 another side of the longitudinal axis 4640 having a relatively high braid angle and that is relatively less porous, which may be achieved, for example, by varying speed of rotation of the two hemispheres of the circular horn gear or yarn wheel used for braiding the textile structure 11300.

[0442] In some embodiments, the speed of rotation of the circular horn gear or yarn wheel for 180° rotation of the yarn wheel, for example the speed of rotation of the western hemisphere (S_h-w) of spindles on the yarn wheel, is different compared to the remaining 180° rotation of the yarn wheel, for example the eastern hemisphere (S_h-e) of spindles of the yarn wheel. In certain such embodiments, the pore size can be varied in the vertical plane on either side of the longitudinal axis 4640. In some embodiments, for example if the speed of rotation in the horizontal direction of the western hemisphere (S_h-w) of the circular horn gear is faster than the speed of motion in the vertical direction (S_v) of the puller (e.g., when the horn gear ratio (S_h-w/S_v) is greater than 1.0), a high braid angle can be obtained. For example, the higher braid angle portion 11312 of the middle segment 11310 may have braid angles ranging from about 91° to about 180° (e.g., about 111°, about 112°, about 151°, etc.). Higher braid angle segments generally have a higher PPI and tend to be less porous. Higher PPI can result in a smaller pore size, which can decrease flow into an aneurysm or a vascular malformation such as an arterio-venous fistula, which can aid in thrombosis of the aneurysm or vascular malformation. In some embodiments, for example if the speed of rotation in the horizontal direction of the eastern hemisphere (S_h-e) of the circular horn gear is slower than the speed of motion in the vertical direction (S_v) of the puller (e.g., when the horn gear ratio (S_h-e/S_v) is less than 1.0), a low braid angle can be obtained. For example, the first portion 11311 of the middle segment 11310 and the low braid angle segments 11305, 11315 may have braid angles ranging from about 0° to about 90° (e.g., about 17°, about 22°, about 45°, etc.).

[0443] In some embodiments, for example if the speed of rotation in the horizontal direction of the circular horn gear (S_h) is slower than the speed of motion in the vertical direction (S_v) of the puller wherein the speed of rotation of both hemispheres of the circular horn gear are the same (S_h-w=S_h-e) (e.g., when the horn gear ratio (S_h/S_v) is less than 1.0), a low braid angle can be obtained. Lower braid angle segments generally have lower PPI and tend to be more porous. Lower PPI can result in a larger pore size, which can allow adequate flow into perforating vessels or small blood vessels adjoining an aneurysm or a vascular malformation such as an arterio-venous fistula, which can maintain flow in these small but important blood vessels. Although some example embodiments are provided herein, some embodiments of the distal portion 11300 may include one or more segments with variable pore size, combinations thereof, and the like. The bulbs have substantially uniform dimensions or diameters (e.g., within about ±5%, about ±10%, about ±15%, or about 20% of each other) such that the distal portion 11300 may be considered non-tapered. In some embodiments, the force/resistance (e.g., radial force) of the bulbs and/or necks is in a range sufficient to slightly expand the target vessel(s) in the range of about 0% to about 30%, and the shapes of the bulbs and necks are at least partially preserved. In some embodiments, the radial force of the bulbs and/or necks is in a range sufficient to appose the sidewalls of the vessel to inhibit or prevent an endo-leak, but not sufficient to expand the vessel, and the shapes of the bulbs and necks are no longer preserved such that the shape of the distal portion 11300 is substantially tubular, whether tapered or non-tapered, for example based on the shape of the target vessel.

[0444] FIG. 6I is a schematic side elevational view of another example embodiment of a distal portion 11350 of a vascular treatment device, for example the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30, or 40. The distal portion 11350 includes, in an expanded state, a plurality of woven bulbs 11353, 11355, 11357 and necks 11370. The distal portion 11350 includes, in an expanded state, one generally spherical distal bulb 11353, one generally spherical proximal bulb 11357, one generally elongate bulb 11355 between the bulb 11353 and the bulb 11357, a neck 11364 between the bulbs 11353, 11355, a neck 11366 between the bulbs 11355, 11357, a wide-mouth proximal neck 11368, and a wide-mouth distal neck 11362. The distal portion 11350 is aligned along a longitudinal axis 4640. The longitudinal axis 4640 may run through a center of the distal portion 11350. The bulb 11355 may be hemi-spherical or generally hemi-spherical along the longitudinal axis 4640. In some embodiments, the bulb 11355 is hemispherical, trapezoidal, generally hemi-spherical, or generally trapezoidal so that the bulb 11355 appears as a bulge on one side of the distal portion 11350.

[0445] In some embodiments, the woven bulb 11355 or a portion thereof (e.g., one side) that bulges on the side of the distal portion 11350 may be dip-coated or spray coated with a polymer 11360 (e.g., silicone, polyurethane (e.g., Polyslix, available from Duke Extrusion of Santa Cruz, Calif.), polyethylene (e.g., Rexell®, available from Huntsman) including low density polyethylene (LDPE), linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE), medium density polyethylene (MDPE), and high density polyethylene (HDPE), fluoropolymers such as fluorinated ethylene propylene, PFA, MFA, PVDF, THV, ETFE, PCTFE, ECTFE (e.g., Teflon® FEP, available from DuPont), polypropylene, polyesters including polyethylene terephthalate (PET), PBT, PETG (e.g., Hytrel®, available from DuPont), PTFE, combination polymer compounds such as thermoplastic polyurethanes and polyether block amides (e.g., Propell™ available from Foster Corporation of Putnam, Conn.), polyether block amides (e.g. Pebax® available from Arkema of Colombes, France, PebaSlix, available from Duke Extrusion of Santa Cruz, Calif.), polyether soft blocks coupled with polyester hard blocks vinyls such as PVC, PVDC, polyimides (e.g., polyimides available from MicroLumen of Oldsmar, Fla.), polyamides (e.g., Durethan, available from Bayer, Nylon 12, available from Duke Extrusion of Santa Cruz, Calif.), polycarbonate (e.g., Corethane™, available from Corvita Corp. of Miami, Fla.), styrenics such as PS, SAN, ABS, and HIPS, acetals such as copolymers or homopolymers, PLA, PGA, PLGA, PCL, polyorthoesters, polyanhydrides, and copolymers thereof, high temperature performance polymers such as PEEK, PES, PPS, PSU, LCP, combinations thereof, and the like). In some embodiments, the polymer may include a radiopaque material (e.g., particles of radiopaque material dispersed in the polymer). In some embodiments, masking a portion of the bulb section of the distal portion 11350 during dip coating or spray coating can inhibit polymer from depositing in the area of masking. For example, if the distal portion 11350 is dip coated or spray coated while still on a mandrel, the polymer may be inhibited from being deposited on the inside of the distal portion 11350, which can maintain an inner diameter of the distal portion 11350.

[0446] In some embodiments, the distal portion 11350 includes plurality of woven filaments having a relatively low braid angle, for example ranging from about 0° to about 90° (for e.g., about 17°, about 22°, about 45°, etc.). Lower braid angle segments generally have lower PPI and tend to be more porous. Lower PPI can result in a larger pore size, which can allow adequate flow into perforating vessels or small blood vessels adjoining an aneurysm or a vascular malformation such as an arterio-venous fistula, which can maintain flow in these small but important blood vessels. In some embodiments, the bulb 11355 that is dip coated or spray coated with a polymer 11360 may be non-porous, which can decrease flow into an aneurysm or a vascular malformation such as an arterio-venous fistula, which can aid in thrombosis of the aneurysm or vascular malformation. The distal portion 11350 may be useful, for example, for deployment of the non-porous polymer coated bulb 11355 across a side-wall basilar arterial brain aneurysm, which can aid in thrombosis of the aneurysm. The deployment of the rest of the distal portion 11350 having a relatively high pore size, across arteries on either side of the aneurysm can allow blood flow into these arteries, for example the anterior-inferior cerebellar arteries proximally, the basilar perforators on the other side of the aneurysm, and/or the superior cerebellar arteries distally, and which can inhibit or prevent occlusion of the basilar perforators and the other branches and/or resulting dysfunction, which could otherwise cause a brainstem stroke, paralysis of the arms, and/or paralysis of the legs. The bulbs have substantially uniform dimensions or diameters (e.g., within about ±5%, about ±10%, about ±15%, or about 20% of each other) such that the distal portion 11350 may be considered non-tapered.

[0447] FIG. 6J is a schematic side elevational view of still yet another example embodiment of a distal portion 9900 of a vascular treatment device, for example the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30, or 40. The distal portion 9900 includes a plurality of woven bulbs 9910 and woven necks 9920. The distal portion 9900 includes, in an expanded state, one generally spherical distal bulb 9903, one generally spherical proximal bulb 9907, one generally elongate bulb 9905 between the bulb 9903 and the bulb 9907, a neck 9914 between the bulbs 9903, 9905, a neck 9916 between the bulbs 9905, 9907, a wide-mouth proximal neck 9918 with a diameter 9930, and a wide-mouth distal neck 9912 with a diameter 9925. In some embodiments, the distal portion 9900 includes a plurality of segments, at least one of which has a different braid angle. The distal portion 9900 illustrated in FIG. 6J includes a proximal segment 9906 having a relatively low braid angle, a middle segment 9904 having a relatively high braid angle, and a distal segment 9902 having a relatively low braid angle. In some embodiments, the lower braid angle segments 9902, 9906 may have braid angles ranging from about 0° to about 90° (e.g., about 17°, about 22°, about 45°, etc.). Lower braid angle segments generally have lower PPI and tend to be more porous. Lower PPI can result in a larger pore size, which can allow adequate flow into perforating vessels or small blood vessels adjoining an aneurysm or a vascular malformation such as an arterio-venous fistula, which can maintain flow in these small but important blood vessels. In some embodiments, the higher braid angle segment 9904 may have braid angles ranging from about 91° to about 180° (e.g., about 111°, about 112°, about 151°, etc.). Higher braid angle segments generally have a higher PPI and tend to be less porous. Higher PPI can result in a smaller pore size, which can decrease flow into an aneurysm or a vascular malformation such as an arterio-venous fistula, which can aid in thrombosis of the aneurysm or vascular malformation.

[0448] In some embodiments, the outer diameters of the bulbs 9910 in the radially-expanded configuration are as follows: the distal extra-large spherical bulb 9603 has an outer diameter configured to be oversized by about 25% to about 50% to the diameter of the transverse-sigmoid cerebral venous sinus (e.g., about 8 mm to about 12 mm, about 10 mm); the middle elongate bulb 9905 has on outer diameter configured to be oversized by about 25% to about 50% to the diameter of the sigmoid cerebral venous sinus (e.g., about 6 mm to about 10 mm, about 9 mm); and the proximally-next spherical bulb 9907 has an outer diameter configured to be oversized to the junction of the sigmoid venous sinus and the internal jugular vein at the base of skull (e.g., about 6 to about 10 mm, about 8 mm). Although some example diameters are provided herein, some embodiments of the distal portion 9900 may include diameters of the bulbs 9903, 9905, 9907 in accordance with the values provided above and/or diameters that are within about ±5%, about ±10%, about ±15%, or about ±20% of any such values, such that the distal portion 9900 may be considered to be tapered.

[0449] FIG. 7A is a schematic side elevational view of still another example embodiment of a distal portion 11000 of a vascular treatment device, for example the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30, or 40. The distal portion 11000 includes a plurality of woven bulbs and woven necks. The distal portion 11000 includes, in an expanded state, one generally spherical distal bulb or central anchor bulb 11012, one generally spherical proximal bulb 11014, a neck 11016 between the bulbs 11012, 11014, a proximal neck 11017, a distal medial neck 11018, and a distal lateral neck 11019. The bulb 11012 has a diameter D₀. In some embodiments, the neck 11016 between the two bulbs 11012, 11014, the elongate proximal bulb 11014, and the proximal neck 11017 form a proximal segment having a length L₃. The neck 11017 has a wide mouth and a diameter D₃. The distal medial neck 11018 is relatively short, having a length L₂, and has a diameter D₂. The distal lateral neck 11019 has a length L₁ and has a diameter D₁.

[0450] In some embodiments, the distal spherical bulb 11012 has a relatively high braid angle and the rest of the distal portion 11000 has a relatively low braid angle. Lower braid angle segments generally have lower PPI and tend to have relatively high porosity. Lower PPI can result in a larger pore size, which can allow adequate flow into perforating vessels or small blood vessels adjoining an aneurysm or a vascular malformation such as an arterio-venous fistula, which can maintain flow in these small but important blood vessels. In some embodiments, the proximal segment has a relatively low braid angle. Higher braid angle segments generally have a higher PPI and tend to have relatively low porosity. Higher PPI can result in a smaller pore size, which can decrease flow into an aneurysm or a vascular malformation such as an arterio-venous fistula, which can aid in thrombosis of the aneurysm or vascular malformation.

[0451] In some embodiments, the outer diameters of the bulbs and necks in the radially-expanded configuration are as follows: D₁ is configured to be oversized to the medium vessel segments such as the proximal M1 segment of the middle cerebral artery (e.g., about 2.75 mm to about 3.25 mm); D₂ is configured to be oversized to the medium vessel segments such as the proximal A1 segment of the anterior cerebral artery (e.g., about 2.25 mm to about 2.75 mm); D₀ is configured to be oversized by about 25% to about 50% of the largest diameter of one of the bifurcation of vessels such as the internal carotid artery bifurcation (e.g., about 5 mm to about 6 mm); and D₃ is configured to be oversized to the large vessel segments such as the distal supra-clinoid segment of the internal carotid artery (e.g., about 3.25 mm to about 4 mm). Although some example diameters are provided herein, some embodiments of the distal portion 11000 may include diameters of the bulbs 11012, 11014 and necks 11016, 11017, 11018, 11019 in accordance with the values provided above and/or diameters that are within about ±5%, about ±10%, about ±15%, or about ±20% of any such values.

[0452] Although the necks 11017, 11018, 11019 are illustrated in FIG. 7A as being in the same plane (e.g., the plane of the page or the screen), the necks 11017, 11018, 11019 may be in different planes, for example based on certain vasculature. In contrast to pure balls deployed at bifurcations, necks 11017, 11018, 11019 can preserve anatomy for later procedures. For example, a thrombectomy device could be inserted through the neck 11017 and then into the vessel in which the neck 11018 resides and/or in which the neck 11019 resides. Certain distal portions described herein can be described as an endoprosthesis, a stent, etc. A proximal portion can be attached to endoprosthesis through detachable joint (e.g., Guglielmi electrolytic detachment, mechanical detachment, etc.).

[0453] FIG. 7B is a schematic side elevational view of still yet another example embodiment of a distal portion 11100 of a vascular treatment device, for example the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30, or 40. The distal portion 11100 includes a plurality of woven bulbs and woven necks. The distal portion 11100 includes, in an expanded state, one generally spherical or ovoid proximal bulb 11105 having a diameter D₀, one generally elongate distal bulb 11110, a neck 11115 between the bulbs 11105, 11110, a wide-mouth distal neck 11130 having a diameter D₃, a proximal medial neck 11125, and a proximal lateral neck 11120. In some embodiments, the neck 11115, the elongate distal bulb 11110, and the distal neck 11130 form a distal segment having a length L₃. The proximal medial neck 11125 is short, having a length L₂, and has a narrow mouth having a diameter D₂. The proximal lateral neck 11120 is short, having a length L₁, and has a narrow mouth having a diameter D₁.

[0454] In some embodiments, the distal portion 11100 includes a proximal spherical or ovoid bulb 11105, the elongate distal bulb 11110, and the neck 11115 between the bulbs 11105, 11110 each having a relatively high braid angle, and segments including the rest of the woven necks have a relatively low braid angle. For example, the lower braid angle segments may have braid angles ranging from about 0° to about 90° (e.g., about 17°, about 22°, about 45°, etc.). Lower braid angle segments generally have lower PPI and tend to have relatively high porosity. Lower PPI can result in a larger pore size, which can allow adequate flow into perforating vessels or small blood vessels adjoining an aneurysm or a vascular malformation such as an arterio-venous fistula, which can maintain flow in these small but important blood vessels. For example, the higher braid angle segment may have braid angles ranging from about 91° to about 180° (e.g., about 111°, about 112°, about 151°, etc.). Higher braid angle segments generally have a higher PPI and tend to have relatively low porosity. Higher PPI can result in a smaller pore size, which can decrease flow into an aneurysm or a vascular malformation such as an arterio-venous fistula, which can aid in thrombosis of the aneurysm or vascular malformation.

[0455] In some embodiments, the outer diameters of the bulbs and necks in the radially-expanded configuration are as follows: the proximal lateral neck 11120 has an outer diameter D₁ configured to be oversized to the large vessel segments such as the common iliac artery (e.g., about 8 mm to about 12 mm); the proximal medial neck 11125 has an outer diameter D₂ configured to be oversized to the large vessel segments such as the common iliac artery (e.g., about 8 mm to about 12 mm); the proximal spherical bulb 11105 has on outer diameter D₀ configured to be oversized by about 20% to about 50% of the largest diameter of abdominal aorta (e.g., about 10 mm to about 40 mm, about 18 mm to about 22 mm); and the distal segment D₃ has an outer diameter configured to be oversized by about 20% to about 50% to the large vessel segments such as the supra-renal or infra-renal abdominal aorta (e.g., about 10 mm to about 40 mm, about 18 mm to about 22 mm). The bulbs 11105, 11110 the necks 11115, 11120, 11125, and the distal neck 11130 can provide good wall apposition, which can inhibit or prevent the risk of an endo-leak into the aneurysm. The bulbs 11105, 11110 have substantially uniform dimensions or diameters (e.g., within about ±5%, about ±10%, about ±15%, or about 20% of each other) such that the distal portion 11100 may be considered non-tapered. Although some example diameters are provided herein, some embodiments of the distal portion 11100 may include diameters of the bulbs 11105, 11110 and necks 11115, 11120, 11125, 11130 in accordance with the values provided above and/or diameters that are within about ±5%, about ±10%, about ±15%, or about ±20% of any such values.

[0456] Although the necks 11120, 11125, 11130 are illustrated in FIG. 7B as being in the same plane (e.g., the plane of the page or the screen), the necks 11120, 11125, 11130 may be in different planes, for example based on certain vasculature. In contrast to endovascular or surgical endoprosthesis that require deployment through both common femoral arteries or both common iliac arteries, the example embodiment illustrated in FIG. 7B can be deployed through one artery such as a common femoral artery. Certain distal portions described herein can be described as an endoprosthesis, a stent, etc. A proximal portion can be attached to endoprosthesis through detachable joint (e.g., Guglielmi electrolytic detachment, mechanical detachment, etc.).

[0457] FIG. 7C is a schematic side elevational view of another example embodiment of a distal portion 11400 of a vascular treatment device, for example the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30, or 40. The distal portion 11400 includes a plurality of woven bulbs 11405, 11415, 11425, 11435, a woven neck 11422 between the bulbs 11405, 11415, a woven neck 11424 between the bulbs 11415, 11425, a woven neck 11426 between the bulbs 11425, 11435, a woven proximal neck 11420, and a woven distal neck 11428. In some embodiments, the distal portion 11400 includes, in an expanded state, two ovoid or ellipsoid or oblate spheroid outer bulbs 11405, 11435 and two ovoid or ellipsoid or oblate spheroid inner bulbs 11415, 11425, wide-mouthed necks 11422, 11424, 11426 between the bulbs 11405, 11415, a proximal narrow-mouthed neck 11420 attached to the proximal portion 200 at a joint 300, and a distal narrow-mouthed neck 11428. In some embodiments, the bulbs 11405, 11415, 11425, 11435 comprise ellipsoids or oblate spheroids in which the diameter of the polar axis is shorter than the diameter of the equatorial axis (e.g., flattened discs stacked proximate to each other). The necks 11422, 11424, 11426 between the bulbs 11405, 11415, 11425, 11435 may be connected at the polar axis rather than being connected at the equatorial axis.

[0458] In some embodiments, the distal portion 11400 includes a plurality of segments, at least one of which has a different braid angle. The distal portion 11400 illustrated in FIG. 7C includes a middle segment comprising the wide-mouthed woven neck 11424 between the two inner bulbs 11415, 11425. The middle segment has a relatively low braid angle, and the woven necks 11420, 11422, 11426, 11428 and the woven bulbs 11405, 11415, 11425, 11435 have a relatively high braid angle. In some embodiments, the lower braid angle segment may have braid angles ranging from about 0° to about 90° (e.g., about 17°, about 22°, about 45°, etc.). Lower braid angle segments generally have lower PPI and tend to have relatively high porosity. Lower PPI can result in lower chronic outward force (COF), which can cause flow disruption within a fistula or an abnormal communication between two hollow cavities by forming a soft scaffold within the fistula or abnormal communication between two hollow cavities, which can aid in thrombosis of the fistula or abnormal communication between two hollow cavities. In some embodiments, the higher braid angle segment(s) (e.g., proximal and distal to the lower braid angle segment as illustrated in FIG. 7C) may have braid angles ranging from about 91° to about 180° (e.g., about 111°, about 112°, about 151°, etc.). Higher braid angle segments generally have a higher PPI and tend to have relatively low porosity. Higher PPI can result in a smaller pore size, which can decrease flow into a fistula or abnormal communication between two hollow cavities, which can aid in thrombosis of the fistula or abnormal communication between two hollow cavities. A relatively low pore size can serve as a filter to inhibit or prevent a thrombus formed within the fistula or abnormal communication between two hollow cavities from forming emboli or small debris that could otherwise break off and enter the normal vasculature. Referring again to FIGS. 4I-4K, the neck 11424 having a high pore size may have a variable length and/or a variable diameter, which can allow the neck 11424 to conform to the dimensions of a fistula or abnormal communication between two hollow cavities, which can provide good wall apposition and/or aid in thrombosis of the fistula or abnormal communication between two hollow cavities. Although some examples of fistulas are provided herein, the distal portion 11400 illustrated in FIG. 7C and the like may be useful in any fistula or abnormal communication between two hollow cavities in the body.

[0459] In some embodiments, the outer diameters of the woven bulbs in the radially-expanded configuration are as follows: the two inner ellipsoid or oblate spheroid bulbs 11415 and 11425 have an outer diameter configured to be oversized between about 50% and about 75% to the width of the orifice of the fistula or abnormal communication between two hollow cavities (e.g., between about 2 mm and about 16 mm, about 8 mm); the two outer ellipsoid or oblate spheroid bulbs 11405 and 11435 have an outer diameter configured to be oversized between about 25% and about 50% to the width of the orifice of the fistula or abnormal communication between two hollow cavities (e.g., between about 2 mm and about 16 mm, about 8 mm); the middle segment neck 11424 has an outer diameter configured to be oversized between about 10% and about 25% to the width of the orifice of the fistula or abnormal communication between two hollow cavities (e.g., between about 2 mm and about 16 mm, about 8 mm); and the middle segment neck 11424 has a length configured to be oversized between about 10% and about 25% to the length of the orifice of the fistula or abnormal communication between two hollow cavities (e.g., between about 2 mm and about 26 mm, between about 4 mm and about 8 mm, about 6 mm). Although some example diameters are provided herein, some embodiments of the distal portion 11400 may include diameters of the woven necks 11420, 11422, 11424, 11426, 11428, diameters of the woven bulbs 11405, 11415, 11425, 11435, and/or length of the woven neck 11424 in accordance with the values provided above and/or diameters that are ±5%, ±10%, ±15%, or ±20% of any such values.

[0460] FIG. 7D is a schematic side elevational view of yet another example embodiment of a distal portion 11600 of a vascular treatment device, for example the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30, or 40. The distal portion 11600 includes a plurality of woven bulbs 11610 and woven necks 11620. In some embodiments, the distal portion 11600 includes, in an expanded state, three ovoid or ellipsoid or spheroid woven bulbs 11610 including a distal bulb 11625, a middle bulb 11615, and a proximal bulb 11605, a wide-mouthed neck 11604 between the bulbs 11625, 11615, a wide-mouthed neck 11602 between the bulbs 11615, 11605, a proximal narrow-mouthed neck that is attached to the proximal portion at joint 300, and a distal narrow-mouthed neck 11606. In some embodiments, the bulbs 11610 are ellipsoids or oblate spheroids having a polar axis diameter that is smaller than an equatorial axis diameter (e.g., flattened discs stacked proximate to each other). The necks 11602, 11604 between the bulbs 11610 may be connected at the polar axis rather than the equatorial axis. In some embodiments, the distal portion 11600 includes a plurality of segments, at least one of which has a different braid angle. The distal portion 11600 illustrated in FIG. 7D includes a proximal segment, comprising the proximal bulb 11605, which is attached to the proximal portion 200 at the joint 300, that has a relatively high braid angle and a distal segment, comprising the middle bulb 11615, the distal bulb 11625 and the necks 11602, 11604, 11606, that has a relatively low braid angle. In some embodiments, the lower braid angle segment may have braid angles ranging from about 0° to about 90° (e.g., about 17°, about 22°, about 45°, etc.). Lower braid angle segments generally have lower PPI and tend to have relatively high porosity. Lower PPI can result in a larger pore size, which can cause flow disruption within an aneurysm by forming a soft scaffold within the aneurysm and aid in the thrombosis of the aneurysm. In some embodiments, the higher braid angle segment may have braid angles ranging from about 91° to about 180° (e.g., about 111°, about 112°, about 151°, etc.). Higher braid angle segments generally have a higher PPI and tend to have relatively low porosity. Higher PPI can result in a smaller pore size, which can decrease flow into an aneurysm, which can aid in thrombosis of the aneurysm. A relatively low pore size can serve as a filter to inhibit or prevent a thrombus formed within the aneurysm from breaking off (e.g., as emboli or small debris) and entering the normal vasculature.

[0461] In some embodiments, the outer diameters of the bulbs 11610 in the radially-expanded configuration are as follows: the distal oval or ellipsoid bulb 11625 has an outer diameter configured to be undersized between about 25% to about 50% of the largest diameter of the ventricular wall aneurysm within the heart (e.g., about 5 mm to about 7.5 mm for a ventricular wall aneurysm with the largest diameter about 10 mm); the middle oval or ellipsoid bulb 11615 and the proximal oval or ellipsoid bulb 11605 have an outer diameter configured to be oversized between about 50% to about 75% of the diameter of the neck of the ventricular wall aneurysm such that the proximal bulb 11605 is anchored within the aneurysm with limited risk of the bulb 11605 falling out of the aneurysm into the ventricle of the heart. The proximal oval or ellipsoid bulb 11605 and the middle oval or ellipsoid bulb 11615 may have an outer diameter that is no greater than the largest diameter of the ventricular aneurysm such that there is no or limited significant outward force on the aneurysm wall that could otherwise cause a rupture (e.g., about 7.5 mm to about 8.75 mm for a ventricular wall aneurysm with the largest diameter about 10 mm having a neck with a diameter of about 5 mm). Although some example diameters are provided herein, some embodiments of the distal portion 11600 may include diameters of the bulbs 11625, 11615, 11605 in accordance with the values provided above and/or diameters that are within about ±5%, about ±10%, about ±15%, or about ±20% of any such values, such that the distal portion 11600 may be considered to be tapered.

[0462] FIG. 7E is a schematic side elevational view of still another example embodiment of a distal portion 11500 of a vascular treatment device, for example the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30, or 40. The distal portion 11500 includes a plurality of woven bulbs 11510 and woven necks 11520. In some embodiments, the distal portion 11500 includes, in an expanded state, four ovoid or ellipsoid or spheroid woven bulbs 11510 including a distal bulb 11518, a second bulb 11516, a third bulb 11514, and a proximal bulb 11512, wide-mouthed necks 11520 between the bulbs 11510, a proximal narrow-mouthed neck 11522 that is attached to the proximal portion 200 at joint 300, and a distal narrow-mouthed neck 65. In some embodiments, the bulbs 11510 comprise ellipsoids or oblate spheroids having a polar axis diameter that is shorter than an equatorial axis diameter (e.g., flattened discs stacked proximate to each other). The necks 11520 between the bulbs 11510 may be connected at the polar axis rather than the equatorial axis. In some embodiments, the distal portion 11500 includes a plurality of segments, at least one of which has a different braid angle. The distal portion 11500 illustrated in FIG. 7E includes a proximal segment, comprising the proximal two bulbs 11512, 11514 and the proximal neck 11522, that has a relatively high braid angle and a distal segment, comprising segments including the rest of the distal portion 11500 including the distal two bulbs 11516, 11518 and the distal neck 65, that has a relatively low braid angle. In some embodiments, the lower braid angle segment may have braid angles ranging from about 0° to about 90° (e.g., about 17°, about 22°, about 45°, etc.). Lower braid angle segments generally have lower PPI and tend to have relatively high porosity. Lower PPI can result in a larger pore size, which can cause flow disruption within an aneurysm by forming a soft scaffold within the aneurysm or hollow cavity and can aid in the thrombosis of the aneurysm or hollow cavity. In some embodiments, the higher braid angle segment may have braid angles ranging from about 91° to about 180° (e.g., about 111°, about 112°, about 151°, etc.). Higher braid angle segments generally have a higher PPI and tend to have relatively low porosity. Higher PPI can result in a smaller pore size, which can decrease flow into an aneurysm or hollow cavity, which can aid in thrombosis of the aneurysm or the hollow cavity. A relatively low pore size can serve as a filter to inhibit or prevent a thrombus formed within the aneurysm from breaking off (e.g., as emboli or small debris) and entering the normal vasculature.

[0463] In some embodiments, the outer diameters of the bulbs 11510 in the radially-expanded configuration are as follows: the distal ellipsoid or oblate spheroid bulb 11518 has an outer diameter configured to be undersized between about 25% to about 50% to the width of the left atrial appendage within the heart (e.g., between 8 mm to about 35 mm, about 17 mm); the second ellipsoid or oblate spheroid bulb 11516 and the third ellipsoid or oblate spheroid bulb 11514 have an outer diameter configured to be oversized between about 25% to about 50% to the width of the left atrial appendage within the heart (e.g., between 8 mm to about 35 mm, about 17 mm). The proximal ellipsoid or oblate spheroid bulb 11512 has an outer diameter configured to be oversized between about 50% to about 75% to the width of the orifice of the left atrial appendage within the heart (e.g., between 5 mm to about 20 mm, about 10 mm). The length of the distal portion 11500 along the longitudinal axis, illustrated in FIG. 7E with a dashed line, is between 13 mm and about 45 mm (e.g., about 26 mm). Although some example diameters are provided herein, some embodiments of the distal portion 11600 may include diameters of the bulbs 11518, 11516, 11514, 11512 in accordance with the values provided above and/or diameters that are within about ±5%, about ±10%, about ±15%, or about ±20% of any such values, such that the distal portion 11500 may be considered to be tapered.

[0464] FIG. 8A is a schematic side perspective view of an example embodiment of a braiding device or carrier braider 150. The braiding device 150 includes a yarn wheel or braid carrier mechanism or circular horn gear 152 and a plurality of spindles 153 and individual carriers 155. A spindle 153 is a stick on the circular horn gear 152. A spool 154 is a hollow device that fits onto a spindle 153 and includes filaments 156 wound around it. An individual carrier 155 includes a spindle 153 and a spool 154 on the spindle 153. The terms spindle, spool, and individual carrier may be used interchangeably depending on context. The individual carriers 155 include spools 154 including filaments 156 that are woven together to form the textile structure 158 of the distal portion 100. The filaments 156 each extend from an individual carrier 155 to a ring or vertical puller 161 over a mandrel 162 and are braided around the mandrel 162 by spinning the circular horn gear 152, spinning the spindles 153, and pulling the ring 161 away from the circular horn gear 152. Although some examples of the carrier braider 150 with 18 spindles 153 or individual carriers 155 are provided herein, some embodiments of the carrier braider 150 may include 6 to 144 spindles 153 or individual carriers 155 in accordance with the values provided above and/or carrier braiders 150 that have 6, 12, 24, 36, 48, 60, 72, 84, 96, 120, 144, etc. spindles 153 or individual carriers 155. As the textile structure 158 is woven at preform point 160, the textile structure 158 advances in the direction of the arrow 164. The circular horn gear 152 spins in the direction of the arrows 166, and the spindles 153, which are part of the individual carriers 154, rotate within the circular horn gear 154 to create the desired braiding pattern.

[0465] In some embodiments, the mandrel 162 comprises a rod or tube (e.g., comprising stainless steel) having a uniform outer diameter. In some embodiments, the outer diameter of the mandrel 162 is between about 4 mm and about 9 mm (e.g., about 6 mm, about 6.5 mm). In some embodiments, the outer diameter of the mandrel 162 is between about 33% and about 200% larger than the largest bulb that the distal portion 100 will include. In some embodiments, the smaller the diameters or widths of the filaments, the more oversizing the mandrel 162 may reduce defects at later stages of fabrication.

[0466] FIG. 8B is a schematic diagram illustrating an example setup of a braid carrier mechanism 2600. The yarn wheel 2600 includes spindles 153 without spools 155 or without forming individual carriers 154 and spindles 153 with spools 155 including filaments 156 together forming individual carriers 154. In FIG. 8B, the half circles with dark shading indicate individual carriers 155 including spools 154 including shape memory filaments, the half circles with hatched shading indicate individual carriers 155 including spools 154 including radiopaque filaments, and the half circles with no shading indicate spindles without spools 154 or filaments 156. The yarn wheel 2600 illustrated in FIG. 8B includes 144 spindles 153 or individual carriers 154 with 72 outer spindles labeled 1o through 72o and 72 inner spindles labeled 1i through 72i. One outer spindle and one inner spindle form a “double spindle pair.” The spindles 154 spin in the direction indicated by the arrow proximate to the shading. In the arrangement illustrated in FIG. 8B, spindles 1o, 2i, 4o, 5i, 7o, 8i, 10o, 11i, 13o, 14i, 16o, 17i, 19o, 20i, 22o, 23i, 25o, 26i, 28o, 29i, 31o, 32i, 34o, 35i, 37o, 38i, 40o, 41i, 43o, 44i, 46o, 47i, 49o, 50i, 52o, 53i, 55o, 56i, 58o, 59i, 61o, 62i, 64o, 65i, 67o, 68i, 70o, and 71i include spools including shape-memory material (e.g., 48 of the filaments 156 comprise shape-memory material) and the remaining spindles are empty. None of the spindles includes radiopaque material.

[0467] Certain patterns can be discerned based on spindle arrangement and spin direction. For example, in the braid carrier mechanism 2600 of FIG. 8B, spindles 1o and 2i spin in opposite directions such that during weaving, filaments extending from the spools 154 on the spindles 1o and 2i will cross over each other, spindles 2i and 4o spin in the same direction such that during weaving, filaments extending from the spools 154 on the spindles 2i and 4o cross under each other, and spindles 4o and 5i spin in opposite directions such that during weaving, filaments extending from the spools 154 on the spindles 4o and 5i cross over each other, such that a one-over-one-under-one braiding pattern for the shape memory filaments can be discerned by analysis of the braid carrier mechanism 2600 of FIG. 8B.

[0468] FIG. 8C is a schematic diagram illustrating a magnified view of three pairs of spindles 1o, 1i, 2o, 2i, 3o, 3i in the example setup of the braid carrier mechanism 2600 of FIG. 8B. In FIGS. 8B and 8C, the pattern of the filaments 156 is symmetrical because there is a spool 154 including a shape memory filament in the outer spindle 1o paired with an empty inner spindle 1i, followed by an empty outer spindle 2o paired with a spool 154 including a shape memory filament in the inner spindle 2i, and then followed by an empty double spindle pair 3o, 3i, and then the pattern repeats itself in the pairs of spindles 4o, 4i, 5o, 5i, 6o, 6i and so on. Symmetrical patterns of filaments 156 may be associated with a uniform pore size. Filament adjacency may be defined as the angular circumference of the yarn wheel 152, which is 360°, divided by the number of filament spools. For example, if the yarn wheel 152 includes 48 filament spools, the filament adjacency would be 360°/48=7.5°. Filament adjacency may be used, for example, to help control symmetry of patterns. In some embodiments, the pattern of spools including the filaments 156 on spindles 153 can be asymmetrical, which can lead to varying pore size along the braid axis.

[0469] In some embodiments, placement of spools 154 or lack of placement of spools 154 including filaments 156 on spindles 153 adjacent to each other can affect properties of the textile structure 158 such as pore size. Spindle adjacency may be defined as the angular circumference of the yarn wheel 152, which is 360°, divided by the number of double spindle pairs. For example, if the yarn wheel 152 includes 144 spindles 153 or 72 double spindle pairs, the spindle adjacency would be 360°/72=5°. In some embodiments, each double spindle pair that is empty creates a pore. Increasing the number of empty spindles 154 adjacent to each other (e.g., one, two, or more spindle pairs adjacent to each other) may increase the size of the pore. FIG. 8D is a photograph illustrating a plurality of filaments 156 being braided on a mandrel 162 using a braiding device or carrier braider 150. In FIG. 8D, the reflectivity of the radiopaque filaments 156 contrast with the reflectivity of the shape-memory filaments 156, creating a crisscross appearance of the tubular textile structure 158. In some embodiments, the placement of spools 154 including filaments 156 of a particular type of material on spindles 153 adjacent to each other can affect properties such as visibility under x-ray. Filament material adjacency may be defined as the angular circumference of the yarn wheel 152, which is 360°, divided by the number of filament spools of a particular type of material. For example, if the yarn wheel 152 includes 12 filament spools including radiopaque filaments evenly spaced from each other, the filament material adjacency would be 360°/12=30°. Filament material adjacency may be used to help control helical crossing points that are visible under x-ray. The arrangement of the filaments 156 illustrated in FIG. 8B, in which some radiopaque filaments 156 are circumferentially adjacent or proximate to each other, groups some radiopaque filaments to form an intertwining band of radiopaque material. A band of radiopaque material, for example as opposed to evenly distributed radiopaque material, may be easier to identify during fluoroscopy, particularly if the filaments are small.

[0470] In some embodiments, the radiopaque material includes metals or alloys including, but not limited to, iridium, platinum, tantalum, gold, palladium, tungsten, tin, silver, titanium, nickel, zirconium, rhenium, bismuth, molybdenum, combinations thereof, and the like, which can increase visibility of the distal portion 100 under fluoroscopy during interventional procedures. The radiopaque material may be part of an alloy (e.g., 92% platinum and 8% tungsten alloy), part of a core or cladding around a core (e.g., nitinol with a tungsten core), combinations thereof, and the like.

[0471] FIG. 8E is a schematic side elevational view of still another example embodiment of a distal portion 2800 of a vascular treatment device, for example the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30, or 40. The distal portion 2800 includes, in an expanded state, a proximal neck 70 and a cylindrical wide-mouthed textile structure 75 including shape-memory filaments and radiopaque filaments. The textile structure 75 expands radially outwardly from proximal to distal, and then stays at the larger diameter until the distal end. FIG. 8F is a schematic side elevational view of the distal portion 2800 of FIG. 8E, illustrating an example pattern of radiopaque filaments, for example under x-ray. The distal portion 2800 includes, in an expanded state, a single radiopaque filament 2820 that is interlaced in the form a single sine wave that appears like a “simple helix” at least under x-ray. The pattern of radiopacity can allow an operator of a device comprising the distal portion 2800 to visualize and identify the distal portion 2800 at least under x-ray. In some embodiments, the single simple helix includes troughs and peaks, for example at the sides of the distal portion 2800 that the simple helix at least partially creates. In FIG. 8F, the helical intersection points 2825, 2835, 2845, 2855 are substantially uniformly spaced by distances 2830, 2840, 2850, which can allow the distal portion 2800 to serve as an angiographic measurement ruler. For example, the distances 2830, 2840, 2850 can help an operator to measure the length of blood clots, the neck of an aneurysm, the length of a stenosis, etc. In some embodiments, a distance 2860 between points 2855, 2856 at least partially along the proximal neck 70 has different dimensions than the simple helix in the rest of the larger diameter part of the distal portion 2800, which may serve as an identifier of the proximal neck 70 beyond which the distal portion 2800 should not be deployed.

[0472] FIG. 8G is a schematic diagram illustrating an example setup of a braid carrier mechanism 2870 for forming the distal portion 2800 of FIG. 8E. In FIG. 8G, the half circles with dark shading indicate individual carriers 155 including spools 154 including shape memory filaments 156, the half circles with hatched shading indicate individual carriers 155 including spools 154 including radiopaque filaments 156, and the half circles with no shading indicate spindles without spools 154 or filaments 156. In the arrangement illustrated in FIG. 8G, spindles 2i, 4o, 5i, 7o, 8i, 10o, 11i, 13o, 14i, 16o, 17i, 19o, 20i, 22o, 23i, 25o, 26i, 28o, 29i, 31o, 32i, 34o, 35i, 37o, 38i, 40o, 41i, 43o, 44i, 46o, 47i, 49o, 50i, 52o, 53i, 55o, 56i, 58o, 59i, 61o, 62i, 64o, 65i, 67o, 68i, 70o, 71i include spools 154 including shape-memory material (e.g., 47 of the filaments 156 comprise shape-memory material), the spindle 1o includes a spool including radiopaque material (e.g., 1 of the 48 filaments 156 comprises radiopaque material), and the remaining spindles 153 are empty. The braid carrier mechanism 2870 setup illustrated in FIG. 8G can generate a pattern of radiopacity described with respect to FIG. 8F, for example a single sine wave or simple helix pattern. The radiopaque filament 156 forms a sine wave having a spindle adjacency of about 5° (360°/72), a filament adjacency of about 7.5° (360°/48), and a radiopaque filament material adjacency of about 360° (360°/1). Although some examples of the carrier braider 150 with 48 spindles 153 or individual carriers 155 are provided herein, some embodiments of the carrier braider 150 may include 6 to 144 spindles 153 or individual carriers 155 in accordance with the values provided above and/or carrier braiders 150 that have 6, 12, 24, 36, 48, 60, 72, 84, 96, 120, 144, etc. spindles 153 or individual carriers 155, and the number and positioning of radiopaque filaments 156 can remain as provided in the example braid carrier mechanism 2870 setup.

[0473] FIG. 8H is a schematic side elevational view of another example embodiment of a distal portion 2900 of a vascular treatment device illustrating an example pattern of radiopaque filaments, for example under x-ray. The distal portion 2900 may be the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30, or 40. The distal portion 2900 includes, in an expanded state, a proximal neck 70 and a cylindrical wide-mouthed textile structure 75 including shape-memory filaments and radiopaque filaments. The textile structure 75 expands radially outwardly from proximal to distal, and then stays at the larger diameter until the distal end. The distal portion 2900 includes, in an expanded state, two radiopaque filaments 2911, 2913 that are interlaced in the form a double sine wave like a “double helix” at least under x-ray. The pattern of radiopacity can allow an operator of a device comprising the distal portion 2900 to visualize and identify the distal portion 2900 at least under x-ray. In some embodiments, the double helix includes troughs and peaks, for example at the sides of the distal portion 2900 that the double helix at least partially create. In FIG. 8H, the helical intersection points 2925, 2935, 2945, 2955, 2965, 2975 are substantially uniformly spaced by distances 2930, 2940, 2950, 2960, 2970, 2980, which can allow the distal portion 2900 to serve as an angiographic measurement ruler. For example, the distances 2930, 2940, 2950, 2960, 2970, 2980 can help an operator to measure the length of blood clots, the neck of an aneurysm, the length of a stenosis, etc. In some embodiments, distances between helical intersection points in the proximal neck 70 has different dimensions than the double helix in the rest of the large diameter part of the distal portion 2900, which may serve as an identifier of the proximal neck 70 beyond which the distal portion 2900 should not be deployed.

[0474] FIG. 8I is a schematic diagram illustrating an example setup of a braid carrier mechanism 2990 for forming the distal portion 2800 of FIG. 8H. In FIG. 8I, the half circles with dark shading indicate individual carriers 155 including spools 154 including shape memory filaments 156, the half circles with hatched shading indicate individual carriers 155 including spools 154 including radiopaque filaments 156, and the half circles with no shading indicate spindles without spools 154 or filaments 156. In the arrangement illustrated in FIG. 8I, spindles 2i, 4o, 5i, 7o, 8i, 10o, 11i, 13o, 14i, 16o, 17i, 19o, 20i, 22o, 23i, 25o, 26i, 28o, 29i, 31o, 32i, 34o, 35i, 38i, 40o, 41i, 43o, 44i, 46o, 47i, 49o, 50i, 52o, 53i, 55o, 56i, 58o, 59i, 61o, 62i, 64o, 65i, 67o, 68i, 70o, 71i include spools 154 including shape-memory material (e.g., 46 of the 48 filaments 156 comprise shape-memory material), the spindles 1o and 37o include spools 154 including radiopaque material (e.g., 2 of the 48 filaments 156 comprise radiopaque material), and the remaining spindles are empty. The braid carrier mechanism 2990 setup illustrated in FIG. 8I can generate a pattern of radiopacity described with respect to FIG. 8H, for example a double sine wave or double helix pattern. The radiopaque filaments 156 form two sine waves having a spindle adjacency of about 5° (360°/72), a filament adjacency of about 7.5° (360°/48), and a radiopaque filament material adjacency of about 180° (360°/2). Although some examples of the carrier braider 150 with 48 spindles 153 or individual carriers 155 are provided herein, some embodiments of the carrier braider 150 may include 6 to 144 spindles 153 or individual carriers 155 in accordance with the values provided above and/or carrier braiders 150 that have 6, 12, 24, 36, 48, 60, 72, 84, 96, 120, 144, etc. spindles 153 or individual carriers 155, and the number and positioning of radiopaque filaments 156 can remain as provided in the example braid carrier mechanism 2990 setup.

[0475] FIG. 8J is a schematic side elevational view of yet another example embodiment of a distal portion 4000 of a vascular treatment device illustrating an example pattern of radiopaque filaments, for example under x-ray. The distal portion 4000 may be the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30, or 40. The distal portion 4000 includes, in an expanded state, a proximal neck 70 and a cylindrical wide-mouthed textile structure 75 including shape-memory filaments and radiopaque filaments. The textile structure 75 expands radially outwardly from proximal to distal, and then stays at the larger diameter until the distal end. The distal portion 4000 includes, in an expanded state, two pairs of radiopaque filaments 4011, 4013 and 4015, 1017 that are interlaced in the form a paired double sine wave like a “dual double helix” at least under x-ray. The pattern of radiopacity can allow an operator of a device comprising the distal portion 4000 to visualize and identify the distal portion 4000 at least under x-ray. In some embodiments, the dual double helix includes troughs and peaks, for example at the sides of the distal portion 4000 that the dual double helix at least partially create. In FIG. 8J, the helical intersection points 4025, 4035, 4045, 4055 are substantially uniformly spaced by distances 4030, 4040, 4050, which can allow the distal portion 4000 to serve as an angiographic measurement ruler. For example, the distances 4030, 4040, 4050 can help an operator to measure the length of blood clots, the neck of an aneurysm, the length of a stenosis, etc. In some embodiments, a distance 4060 between points 4055, 4065 at least partially along the proximal neck 70 has different dimensions than the dual double helix in the rest of the large diameter part of the distal portion 4000, which may serve as an identifier of the proximal neck 70 beyond which the distal portion 4000 should not be deployed.

[0476] FIG. 8K is a schematic diagram illustrating an example setup of a braid carrier mechanism 4080 for forming the distal portion 4000 of FIG. 8J. In FIG. 8K, the half circles with dark shading indicate individual carriers 155 including spools 154 including shape memory filaments 156, the half circles with hatched shading indicate individual carriers 155 including spools 154 including radiopaque filaments 156, and the half circles with no shading indicate spindles without spools 154 or filaments 156. In the arrangement illustrated in FIG. 8K, spindles 2i, 4o, 5i, 7o, 8i, 10o, 11i, 13o, 14i, 16o, 17i, 19o, 20i, 22o, 23i, 25o, 26i, 28o, 29i, 31o, 32i, 34o, 38i, 40o, 41i, 43o, 44i, 46o, 47i, 49o, 50i, 52o, 53i, 55o, 56i, 58o, 59i, 61o, 62i, 64o, 65i, 67o, 68i, 70o include spools 154 including shape-memory material (e.g., 44 of the 48 filaments 156 comprise shape-memory material), the spindles 1o, 35i, 37o, 71i include spools 154 including radiopaque material (e.g., 4 of the 48 filaments 156 comprise radiopaque material), and the remaining spindles are empty. The braid carrier mechanism 4080 setup illustrated in FIG. 8K can generate a pattern of radiopacity described with respect to FIG. 8J, for example pairs of double sine waves or a dual double helix pattern. Although some examples of the carrier braider 150 with 48 spindles 153 or individual carriers 155 are provided herein, some embodiments of the carrier braider 150 may include 6 to 144 spindles 153 or individual carriers 155 in accordance with the values provided above and/or carrier braiders 150 that have 6, 12, 24, 36, 48, 60, 72, 84, 96, 120, 144, etc. spindles 153 or individual carriers 155, and the number and positioning of radiopaque filaments can remain as provided in the example braid carrier mechanism 4080 setup.

[0477] FIG. 8L is an x-ray photograph illustrating an example of a plurality of radiopaque filaments of the distal portion 4000 of FIG. 8J, in which the radiopaque filaments 4011, 4013, 4015, 4017 form a dual double helix or four sine waves, pairs of which are offset by about 180° and the sine waves in each pair being offset from each other by about 7.5°. In some embodiments, crossings of the radiopaque filaments 4011, 4013, 4015, 4017 of the distal portion 4000 can be used as a rough measurement guide. For example, in FIG. 8L, the spacing between helical intersections points is about 2 mm, which can help serve as an angiographic measurement ruler. For example, the distal portion 4000 can help measure the length of blood clots, the neck of an aneurysm, the length of a stenosis, etc.

[0478] FIG. 8M is a schematic side elevational view of still another example embodiment of a distal portion 4100 of a vascular treatment device illustrating an example pattern of radiopaque filaments, for example under x-ray. The distal portion 4100 may be the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30, or 40. The distal portion 4100 includes, in an expanded state, a proximal neck 70 and a cylindrical wide-mouthed textile structure 75 including shape-memory filaments and radiopaque filaments. The textile structure 75 expands radially outwardly from proximal to distal, and then stays at the larger diameter until the distal end. The distal portion 4100 includes, in an expanded state, two trios of radiopaque filaments 4111, 4113, 4115 and 4117, 4119, 4121 that are interlaced in the form a paired triple sine wave like a “reinforced double helix” at least under x-ray. The pattern of radiopacity can allow an operator of a device comprising the distal portion 4100 to visualize and identify the distal portion 4100 at least under x-ray. In some embodiments, the reinforced double helix includes troughs and peaks, for example at the sides of the distal portion 4100 that the reinforced double helix at least partially creates. In FIG. 8M, the intersection points 4125, 4135, 4145 along the reinforced double helix are substantially uniformly spaced by distances 4130, 4140, 4150, which can allow the distal portion 4100 to serve as an angiographic measurement ruler. For example, the distances 4130, 4140, 4150 can help an operator to measure the length of blood clots, the neck of an aneurysm, the length of a stenosis, etc. In some embodiments, a distance 4160 between points 4155, 4165 at least partially along the proximal neck 70 has different dimensions than the reinforced double helix in the rest of the large diameter part of the distal portion 4100, which may serve as an identifier of the proximal neck 70 beyond which the distal portion 4100 should not be deployed.

[0479] FIG. 8N is a schematic diagram illustrating an example setup of a braid carrier mechanism 4180 for forming the distal portion 4100 of FIG. 8M. In FIG. 8N, the half circles with dark shading indicate individual carriers 155 including spools 154 including shape memory filaments 156, the half circles with hatched shading indicate individual carriers 155 including spools 154 including radiopaque filaments 156, and the half circles with no shading indicate spindles without spools 154 or filaments 156. In the arrangement illustrated in FIG. 8N, spindles 4o, 5i, 7o, 8i, 10o, 11i, 13o, 14i, 16o, 17i, 19o, 20i, 22o, 23i, 25o, 26i, 28o, 29i, 31o, 32i, 34o, 40o, 41i, 43o, 44i, 46o, 47i, 49o, 50i, 52o, 53i, 55o, 56i, 58o, 59i, 61o, 62i, 64o, 65i, 67o, 68i, 70o include spools 154 including shape-memory material (e.g., 42 of the 48 filaments 156 comprise shape-memory material), the spindles 1o, 3i, 35i, 37o, 39i, 71i include spools 154 including radiopaque material (e.g., 6 of the 48 filaments 156 comprise radiopaque material), and the remaining spindles are empty. The braid carrier mechanism 4180 setup illustrated in FIG. 8N can generate a pattern of radiopacity described with respect to FIG. 8M, for example pairs of triple sine waves or a reinforced double helix pattern. Although some examples of the carrier braider 150 with 48 spindles 153 or individual carriers 155 are provided herein, some embodiments of the carrier braider 150 may include 6 to 144 spindles 153 or individual carriers 155 in accordance with the values provided above and/or carrier braiders 150 that have 6, 12, 24, 36, 48, 60, 72, 84, 96, 120, 144, etc. spindles 153 or individual carriers 155, and the number and positioning of the radiopaque filaments can remain as provided in the example braid carrier mechanism 4180 setup.

[0480] FIG. 8O is a photograph illustrating a plurality of radiopaque filaments of the distal portion 4100 of FIG. 8M. The distal portion 4100 includes a plurality of shape-memory filaments and a plurality of radiopaque filaments over a mandrel, in which the radiopaque filaments form a reinforced double helix or in which the radiopaque filaments form pairs of sine waves trios, one of which includes the radiopaque filaments 4111, 4113, 4115. The trios are offset by about 180° and the sine waves in each trio are offset from each other by about 7.5°. In some embodiments, crossings of the radiopaque filaments of the distal portion 4100 can be used as a rough measurement guide. For example, in FIG. 8O, the spacing between the crossings of the helical intersections points is about 2 mm, which can help serve as an angiographic measurement ruler. For example, the distal portion 4100 can help measure the length of blood clots, the neck of an aneurysm, the length of a stenosis, etc.

[0481] FIG. 8P is a schematic side elevational view of yet still another example embodiment of a distal portion 4200 of a vascular treatment device, for example of the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30, or 40. The distal portion 4200 includes, in an expanded state, a proximal neck 70 and a cylindrical wide-mouthed textile structure 75 including shape-memory filaments and radiopaque filaments. The textile structure 75 expands radially outwardly from proximal to distal, and then stays at the larger diameter until the distal end. The distal portion 4200 includes three radiopaque filaments 4211, 4212, 4213 that form a three sine waves like a “three phase helix” at least under x-ray. FIG. 8Q is a magnified view of the radiopaque filaments 4211, 4212, 4213 of the distal portion 4200 of FIG. 8P, for example under x-ray. FIG. 8Q illustrates the filament 4211 as a solid line, the filament 4212 as a dashed line, and the filament 4213 as a dash-dot-dot line for easier differentiation between the filaments 4211, 4212, 4213. In some embodiments, the first radiopaque filament 4211 forms a sine wave having a phase A, the second radiopaque filament 4212 forms a sine wave having a phase B, and the third radiopaque filament 4213 forms a sine wave having a phase C. In some embodiments, the three phase helix includes troughs and peaks, for example at the sides of the distal portion 4200 that the three sine waves at least partially create.

[0482] The distance between two similarly situated points on a sine wave (e.g., a first intersection of a sine wave and the central longitudinal axis of the distal portion and the next intersection of the sine wave with the central longitudinal axis after forming a peak and a trough, the distance between a first peak of a sine wave and the next peak of the sine wave, the distance between a first trough of the sine wave and the next trough of the sine wave, etc.) is called the pitch or period or wavelength or cycle of the sine wave. Embodiments comprising a three phase sine wave include three pitches: the sine wave formed by the radiopaque filament 4211 has a pitch 4221, the sine wave formed by the radiopaque filament 4212 has a pitch 4222, and the sine wave formed by the radiopaque filament 4213 has a pitch 4223. FIG. 8P shows the pitches 4221, 4222, 4223 as the distances between the lower peaks of the respective sine waves, and FIG. 8Q shows the pitches 4221, 4222 as the distances between the upper peaks of the respective sine waves. In the embodiments illustrated in FIGS. 8P and 8Q, the pitches of the sine waves formed by the radiopaque filaments 4211, 4212, 4213 have substantially uniform dimensions (e.g., pitches), except near the proximal neck 70, although the sine waves may have differing dimensions (e.g., pitches).

[0483] In some embodiments, the distance between each trough or peak of a radiopaque filament 4211, 4212, 4213 with another trough or peak of an adjacent radiopaque filament of the three phase helix is called a phase shift. In FIG. 8P, phase A is offset from phase B by about 7.5° (shown by the distance 4231), phase B is offset from phase C by about 7.5° (shown by the distance 4232), and phase A is offset from phase C by about 15° (shown by the distance 4233). FIG. 8P shows the phase shifts 4231, 4232, 4233 as the distances between the upper peaks of the respective sine waves, and FIG. 8Q shows the phase shifts 4231, 4232, 4233 as the distances between the centers following upper peaks of the respective sine waves. The pattern of radiopacity can allow an operator of a device comprising the distal portion 4200 to visualize and identify the distal portion 4200 at least under x-ray. In FIGS. 8P and 8Q, the intersection points along the three phase helix are substantially uniformly spaced by distances 4241 or multiples thereof (e.g., the distance 4243 is the distance between three intersection points, the distance 4242 in FIG. 8S is the distance between two intersection points, etc.), which can allow the distal portion 4200 to serve as an angiographic measurement ruler. For example, the distances 4241, 4242, 4243 can help an operator to measure the length of blood clots, the neck of an aneurysm, the length of a stenosis, etc. In some embodiments, distances between intersection points at least partially along the three phase helix near the proximal neck 70 have different dimensions than the three phase helix in the rest of the large diameter portion of the distal portion 4200, which may serve as an identifier of the proximal neck 70 beyond which the distal portion 4200 should not be deployed.

[0484] FIG. 8R is a schematic diagram illustrating an example setup of a braid carrier mechanism 4280 for the distal portion 4200 of FIG. 8P. In FIG. 8R, the half circles with dark shading indicate individual carriers 155 including spools 154 including shape memory filaments 156, the half circles with hatched shading indicate individual carriers 155 including spools 154 including radiopaque filaments 156, and the half circles with no shading indicate spindles without spools 154 or filaments 156. In the arrangement illustrated in FIG. 8R, spindles 2i, 4o, 5i, 7o, 8i, 10o, 11i, 13o, 14i, 16o, 17i, 19o, 20i, 22o, 23i, 26i, 28o, 29i, 31o, 32i, 34o, 35i, 37o, 40o, 41i, 43o, 44i, 46o, 47i, 50i, 52o, 53i, 55o, 56i, 58o, 59i, 61o, 62i, 64o, 65i, 67o, 68i, 70o, 71i include spools 154 including shape-memory material (e.g., 45 of the 48 filaments 156 comprise shape-memory material), the spindles 1o, 25o, 49o include spools 154 including radiopaque material (e.g., 3 of the 48 filaments 156 comprise radiopaque material), and the remaining spindles are empty. The braid carrier mechanism 4280 setup illustrated in FIG. 8Q can generate a pattern of radiopacity described with respect to FIG. 8P, for example a three phase-shifted sine waves or a three phase helix pattern. Although some examples of the carrier braider 150 with 48 spindles 153 or individual carriers 155 are provided herein, some embodiments of the carrier braider 150 may include 6 to 144 spindles 153 or individual carriers 155 in accordance with the values provided above and/or carrier braiders 150 that have 6, 12, 24, 36, 48, 60, 72, 84, 96, 120, 144, etc. spindles 153 or individual carriers 155, and the number and positioning of the radiopaque filaments can remain as provided in the example braid carrier mechanism 4280 setup.

[0485] FIG. 8S is an x-ray photograph illustrating an example of a plurality of radiopaque filaments 4211, 4212, 4213 of the distal portion 4200 of FIG. 8P, in which the radiopaque filaments 4211, 4212, 4213 form a three phase helix, or in which the radiopaque filaments form three sine waves offset by about 120°. In some embodiments, crossings or intersection points of the radiopaque filaments 4211, 4212, 4213 of the distal portion 4200 can be used as a rough measurement guide. For example, in FIG. 8S, the distance 4242 between the three intersections points is about 1 mm, which can allow the distal portion 4200 to serve as an angiographic measurement ruler. For example, the distance 4242 can an operator to measure the length of blood clots, the neck of an aneurysm, the length of a stenosis, etc. Use of other distances are also possible (e.g., a distance 4241 between two intersection points (e.g., as shown in FIG. 8P), a distance 4243 between four intersection points (e.g., as shown in FIG. 8P), distances between similar portions of one or more sine waves (e.g., peaks, troughs, etc.), etc.).

[0486] FIG. 8T-1 is a schematic side elevational view of still yet another example embodiment of a distal portion 4300 of a vascular treatment device illustrating an example pattern of radiopaque filaments, for example under x-ray. The distal portion 4300 may be the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30, or 40. The distal portion 4300 includes, in an expanded state, a proximal neck 70 and a cylindrical wide-mouthed textile structure including shape-memory filaments and radiopaque filaments. The textile structure 75 expands radially outwardly from proximal to distal, and then stays at the larger diameter until the distal end.

[0487] FIG. 8T-2 is a schematic side elevational view of another example embodiment of the distal portion 4370 of a vascular treatment device illustrating an example pattern of radiopaque filaments 4311, 4312, 4313, for example under x-ray. The distal portion 4370 may be the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30, or 40. In FIG. 8T-2, the distal portion 4370 comprises a plurality of woven bulbs, woven necks, a proximal neck 70, and a distal neck tip 65, for example similar to the distal portion 1100 of FIG. 2B.

[0488] The distal portions 4300, 4370 include, in an expanded state, radiopaque filaments 4311, 4312, 4313 that are interlaced in the form a three phase helix at least under x-ray. One or more of the filaments 4311, 4312, 4313 may be reinforced (e.g., the filament 4311) with a second radiopaque filament and the distal portions 4300, 4370 may include additional radiopaque filaments that are non-reinforced (e.g., the filaments 4312, 4313), for example as described herein with respect to FIG. 8T-3. The pattern of radiopacity can allow an operator of a device comprising the distal portion 4300, 4370 to visualize identify the distal portion 4300, 4370 at least under x-ray. In some embodiments, the three phase helix includes troughs and peaks, for example at the sides of the distal portion 4300, 4370 that the paired three phase helix at least partially create. In FIGS. 8T-1 and 8T-2, the intersection points along the triple helix are substantially uniformly spaced, which can allow the distal portion 4300, 4370 to serve as an angiographic measurement ruler. For example, the distances between intersections can help an operator to measure the length of blood clots, the neck of an aneurysm, the length of a stenosis, etc. In some embodiments, a distance at least partially along the proximal neck 70, along the distal neck 65, and/or along the bulbs has different dimensions than paired triple helix in the rest of the distal portion 4300, which may serve as an identifier of the proximal neck 70, the distal neck 65, and/or the bulbs, for example beyond which the distal portion 4300, 4370 should not be deployed.

[0489] FIG. 8T-3 is a schematic diagram illustrating an example setup of a braid carrier mechanism 4380 for the distal portions 4300, 4370 of FIGS. 8T-1 and 8T-2. In FIG. 8T-3, the half circles with dark shading indicate individual carriers 155 including spools 154 including shape memory filaments 156, the half circles with hatched shading indicate individual carriers 155 including spools 154 including radiopaque filaments 156, and the half circles with no shading indicate spindles without spools 154 or filaments 156. In the arrangement illustrated in FIG. 8T-3, spindles 4o, 5i, 7o, 8i, 10o, 11i, 14i, 16o, 17i, 19o, 20i, 22o, 23i, 28o, 29i, 31o, 32i, 34o, 35i, 40o, 41i, 43o, 44i, 46o, 47i, 52o, 53i, 55o, 56i, 58o, 59i, 62i, 64o, 65i, 67o, 68i, 70o, 71i include spools 154 including shape-memory material (e.g., 39 of the 48 filaments 156 comprise shape-memory material), the spindles 1o, 2i, 13o, 25o, 26, 37o, 49o, 50i61o include spools 154 including radiopaque material (e.g., 9 of the 48 filaments 156 comprise radiopaque material), and the remaining spindles are empty. The braid carrier mechanism 4380 setup illustrated in FIG. 8T-3 can generate a pattern of radiopacity described with respect to FIGS. 8T-1 and 8T-2, for example a reinforced three phase helix (including a sine wave formed by each radiopaque filament pairs 1o/2i, 25o/26i, 49o/50i) and a non-reinforced three phase helix (including a sine wave formed by each single radiopaque filament 13o, 37o, 61o) or a reinforced three phase helix. Although some examples of the carrier braider 150 with 48 spindles 153 or individual carriers 155 are provided herein, some embodiments of the carrier braider 150 may include 6 to 144 spindles 153 or individual carriers 155 in accordance with the values provided above and/or carrier braiders 150 that have 6, 12, 24, 36, 48, 60, 72, 84, 96, 120, 144, etc. spindles 153 or individual carriers 155 and the number and positioning of the radiopaque filaments can remain as provided in the example braid carrier mechanism 4380 setup. Different weights are also possible. For example, a reinforced three phase helix may include three or more radiopaque filaments per phase. For another example, a non-reinforced three phase helix may include more than one radiopaque filament per phase, for example as long as the reinforced three phase helix in that paired three phase helix includes more filaments per wave such that the latter is relatively reinforced.

[0490] FIG. 8T-4 is an x-ray photograph illustrating an example of a plurality of radiopaque filaments of the distal portion 4370 of FIG. 8T-2. The distal portion 4370 includes a proximal neck 70 and a distal neck 65, and includes a plurality of radiopaque filaments in which the radiopaque filaments form a reinforced three phase helix. In some embodiments, crossings of the radiopaque filaments 4311, 4312, 4313, 4314, 4315 of the distal portion 43700 can serve as an angiographic measurement ruler. For example, the distances between the crossings can help an operator of a device comprising the distal portion 4370 to measure the length of blood clots, the neck of an aneurysm, the length of a stenosis, etc. Other features can also be used. For example, in FIG. 8T-4, the width of a bulb measurable due to the paired triple helix is about 2 mm.

[0491] FIG. 8U is a schematic side elevational view of another example embodiment of a distal portion 4390 of a vascular treatment device illustrating an example pattern of radiopaque filaments, for example under x-ray. The distal portion 4390 may be the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30, or 40. The distal portion 4390 includes, in an expanded state, a proximal neck 70 and a cylindrical wide-mouthed textile structure including shape-memory filaments and radiopaque filaments. The textile structure 75 expands radially outwardly from proximal to distal, and then stays at the larger diameter until the distal end.

[0492] The distal portion 4390 includes, in an expanded state, radiopaque filaments 4311, 4312, 4313 that are interlaced in the form a paired three phase helix at least under x-ray. The filaments 4311, 4312, 4313 may be reinforced with a second radiopaque filament and additional the distal portions 4390 may include additional radiopaque filaments that are non-reinforced. The pattern of radiopacity can allow an operator of a device comprising the distal portion 4390 to visualize identify the distal portion 4390 at least under x-ray. In some embodiments, the paired three phase helix includes troughs and peaks, for example at the sides of the distal portion 4390 that the paired three phase helix at least partially creates. A paired three phase helix includes a pitch for each reinforced filament (e.g., a pitch 4321 for the sine wave created by the filaments 4311, a pitch 4322 for the sine wave created by the filaments 4312, and a pitch 4323 for the sine wave crated by the filaments 4313) and a pitch for each non-reinforced filament (e.g., a pitch 4341 for the sine wave created by the filament 4314, a pitch 4342 for the sine wave created by the filament 4315, a pitch 4343 for the sine wave created by the filament 4316). In FIG. 8U, the intersection points along the paired triple helix are substantially uniformly spaced, which can allow the distal portion 4390 to serve as an angiographic measurement ruler. For example, the distances between intersections can help an operator to measure the length of blood clots, the neck of an aneurysm, the length of a stenosis, etc. In some embodiments, a distance at least partially along the proximal neck 70, along the distal neck 65, and/or along the bulbs has different dimensions than paired triple helix in the rest of the distal portion 4380, which may serve as an identifier of the proximal neck 70, the distal neck 65, and/or the bulbs, for example beyond which the distal portion 4390 should not be deployed.

[0493] FIG. 8V is a schematic diagram illustrating an example setup of a braid carrier mechanism 4385 for the distal portion 4390 of FIG. 8U. In FIG. 8U, the half circles with dark shading indicate individual carriers 155 including spools 154 including shape memory filaments 156, the half circles with hatched shading indicate individual carriers 155 including spools 154 including radiopaque filaments 156, and the half circles with no shading indicate spindles without spools 154 or filaments 156. In the arrangement illustrated in FIG. 8U, spindles 4o, 5i, 7o, 8i, 10o, 11i, 14i, 16o, 17i, 19o, 20i, 22o, 23i, 28o, 29i, 31o, 32i, 34o, 35i, 40o, 41i, 43o, 44i, 46o, 47i, 52o, 53i, 55o, 56i, 58o, 59i, 62i, 64o, 65i, 67o, 68i, 70o, 71i include spools 154 including shape-memory material (e.g., 39 of the 48 filaments 156 comprise shape-memory material), the spindles 1o, 2i, 13o, 25o, 26, 37o, 49o, 50i61o include spools 154 including radiopaque material (e.g., 9 of the 48 filaments 156 comprise radiopaque material), and the remaining spindles are empty. The braid carrier mechanism 4385 setup illustrated in FIG. 8V can generate a pattern of radiopacity described with respect to FIG. 8U, for example a reinforced three phase helix (including a sine wave formed by each radiopaque filament pairs 1o/2i, 25o/26i, 49o/50i) and a non-reinforced three phase helix (including a sine wave formed by each single radiopaque filament 13o, 37o, 61o) or a reinforced three phase helix. Although some examples of the carrier braider 150 with 48 spindles 153 or individual carriers 155 are provided herein, some embodiments of the carrier braider 150 may include 6 to 144 spindles 153 or individual carriers 155 in accordance with the values provided above and/or carrier braiders 150 that have 6, 12, 24, 36, 48, 60, 72, 84, 96, 120, 144, etc. spindles 153 or individual carriers 155 and the number and positioning of the radiopaque filaments can remain as provided in the example braid carrier mechanism 4380 setup. Different weights are also possible. For example, a reinforced three phase helix may include three or more radiopaque filaments per phase. For another example, a non-reinforced three phase helix may include more than one radiopaque filament per phase, for example as long as the reinforced three phase helix in that paired three phase helix includes more filaments per wave such that the latter is relatively reinforced.

[0494] FIG. 8W illustrates a paired three phase helix including a reinforced triple helix and a non-reinforced triple helix. The reinforced triple helix includes a first sine wave formed by the two radiopaque filaments 4311, a second sine wave formed by the two radiopaque filaments 4312, and a third sine wave formed by the two radiopaque filaments 4313. The non-reinforced three phase helix includes a first sine wave formed by the radiopaque filament 4314, a second sine wave formed by the radiopaque filament 4315, and a third sine wave formed by the radiopaque filament 4316. In some embodiments, each sine wave within the reinforced three phase helix is offset from the adjacent sine wave within the reinforced three phase helix by about 120° and each sine wave within the non-reinforced three phase helix is offset from the adjacent sine wave within the non-reinforced three phase helix by about 120°.

[0495] FIG. 8X is a schematic side elevational view of yet another example embodiment of the distal portion 4600 of a vascular treatment device illustrating an example pattern of radiopaque filaments, for example under x-ray. The distal portion 4600 may be the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30, or 40. The distal portion 4600 includes a plurality of woven spherical bulbs 4617, 4619, a woven neck 4631, a proximal neck 70, and a distal neck 65 along a longitudinal axis 4640. The distal portion 4600 includes relatively low braid angle segments 4611, 4615. In some embodiments, the segments 4611, 4615 have braid angles ranging from about 0° to about 90° (e.g., about 17°, about 22°, about 45°, etc.). Lower braid angle segments generally have lower PPI and tend to have relatively high porosity. Lower PPI can result in a larger pore size, which can allow adequate flow into perforating vessels or small blood vessels adjoining blood clot, an aneurysm, or a vascular malformation such as an arterio-venous fistula, which can maintain flow in these small but important blood vessels. The distal portion 4600 further includes a relatively high braid angle segment 4613. In some embodiments, the segment 4613 has braid angles ranging from about 91° to about 180° (e.g., about 111°, about 112°, about 151°, etc.). Higher braid angle segments generally have a higher PPI and tend to have relatively low porosity. Higher PPI can result in a smaller pore size, which can decrease flow into an aneurysm or a vascular malformation such as an arterio-venous fistula, which can aid in thrombosis of the aneurysm or vascular malformation.

[0496] Referring back to FIG. 8A, at least two variables can be modified to impact porosity: (1) ability to vary the speed of rotation of the circular horn gear 152 for an entire rotation of the horn gear 152 in the horizontal direction 166 relative to the speed of motion of the vertical ring or puller 161 in the vertical direction 164 along the mandrel 162; and (2) ability to start or stop movement of the vertical puller 161, and, once stopped, ability to rearrange the spools 154 with filaments from one spindle 153 to another (“Start-Stop”). Changes in one or both of these variables can directly affect, for example, braid angle and porosity. In some embodiments in which the speed of rotation S_h in the horizontal direction of the circular horn gear 152 is faster than the speed of motion S_v in the vertical direction of the puller 161 such that the horn gear ratio (S_h/S_v) is greater than 1.0, a high braid angle and relative low porosity can be obtained. In some embodiments in which the speed of rotation S_h in the horizontal direction of the circular horn gear 152 is slower than the speed of motion S_y in the vertical direction of the puller 161 such that the horn gear ratio (S_h/S_v) is less than 1.0, a lower braid angle and a relative high porosity can be obtained.

[0497] In some embodiments, crossings of the radiopaque filaments of the distal portion 4600 can be used as a guide for deployment of the distal portion 4600. For example, the “circumferential asymmetric” radiopaque pattern may serve as a visual guide to understand the deployment of woven bulbs by observation of an asymmetric pattern including low braid angles and the deployment of necks by observation of a symmetric pattern including high braid angles.

[0498] FIG. 8Y is a schematic diagram illustrating an example setup of a braid carrier mechanism 4680 for the distal portion 4600 of FIG. 8X illustrating a pattern of a “circumferential asymmetric helix.” In FIG. 8Y, the half circles with dark shading indicate individual carriers 155 including spools 154 including shape memory filaments 156, the half circles with hatched shading indicate individual carriers 155 including spools 154 including radiopaque filaments 156, and the half circles with no shading indicate spindles without spools 154 or filaments 156. In the arrangement illustrated in FIG. 8Y, spindles 4o, 5i, 7o, 8i, 10o, 11i, 13o, 14i, 16o, 17i, 19o, 20i, 22o, 23i, 28o, 29i, 31o, 32i, 34o, 35i, 40o, 41i, 43o, 44i, 46o, 47i, 52o, 53i, 55o, 56i, 58o, 59i, 61o, 62i, 64o, 65i, 67o, 68i, 70o, 71i include spools 154 including shape-memory material (e.g., 39 of the 48 filaments 156 comprise shape-memory material) spindles 1o, 2i, 25o, 26i, 49o, 50i, 31o, 37o, 43o include spools 154 including radiopaque material (e.g., 9 of the 48 filaments 156 comprise radiopaque material), and the remaining spindles are empty. The braid carrier mechanism setup 4680 illustrated in FIG. 8Y can generate a pattern of radiopacity described with respect to FIG. 8X, for example a reinforced three phase helix and a non-reinforced asymmetric three phase helix to form a “circumferential asymmetric” radiopacity pattern. Although some examples of the carrier braider 150 with 48 spindles 153 or individual carriers 155 are provided herein, some embodiments of the carrier braider 150 may include 6 to 144 spindles 153 or individual carriers 155 in accordance with the values provided above and/or carrier braiders 150 that have 6, 12, 24, 36, 48, 60, 72, 84, 96, 120, 144, etc. spindles 153 or individual carriers 155.

[0499] In some embodiments, each sine wave within the reinforced three phase helix is offset from the adjacent sine wave within the three phase helix by about 120° and each sine wave within the non-reinforced three phase helix is offset from the adjacent sine wave by about 37.5°. The reinforced three phase helix is asymmetrically offset from the non-reinforced three phase helix.

[0500] FIGS. 8L, 8S, and 8T-4 each include a scale to provide a rough, non-limiting, sizing of an example of a distal portion 100 and spacing between radiopaque filaments. In some embodiments, crossings of the radiopaque filaments of the distal portion 100 can be used as a rough measurement guide. For example, in FIG. 8S, every two crossings or the distance between two helical intersection points is about 1 mm. For another example, in FIG. 8L, every one crossing is about 2 mm. In a radially expanded state in a vessel, the distal portion 100 may not achieve full radial expansion (e.g., limited by the sidewalls of the vessel), so the guides are not precise, but can provide approximation for, e.g., deployment length, clot length, neck of the aneurysm, stenosis length, etc.

[0501] If the distance between helical intersection points is substantially uniform (e.g., about 5 mm), then the user can determine that unsheathing up to 4 intersection points unsheathes about 20 mm (4×5 mm) of the distal portion 100. If the distance between helical intersection points is variable (e.g., about 5 mm proximate to the distal end of the distal portion 100 and about 10 mm proximate to the proximal end of the distal portion 100, with stepped or intermediate distances therebetween), then the user can determine that visualization of wider distances are approaching unsheathing of the proximal end of the distal portion 100, which can be useful, for example, when treating long clots (e.g., long clots in neuro and/or peripheral vessels, treatment of critical limb ischemia, etc.) and/or which can serve as a visual guide for when to stop unsheathing the distal portion 100 during device deployment.

[0502] Certain arrangements of radiopaque filaments, for example a double helix or a three phase helix, may be easier to see and/or use for length approximation. In some embodiments, a double helix may include between about 1 radiopaque strand and about 12 radiopaque strands concentrated around part of a circumference of a distal portion 100 (e.g., adjacent to each other, spaced by less than about 5 non-radiopaque filaments, less than about 3 non-radiopaque filaments, less than about 2 non-radiopaque filaments, etc.). In some embodiments, the double helix may comprise a simple double helix which may include about 2 radiopaque strands (e.g., one strand for each helix), a dual double helix which may include about 4 radiopaque strands (e.g., two strands for each helix), and/or a reinforced double helix which may include about 6 radiopaque strands (e.g., three strands for reinforcing each helix), about 8 radiopaque strands (e.g., four strands for reinforcing each helix), about 60 radiopaque strands (e.g., 30 strands for reinforcing each helix), etc. A double helix may be created, for example, by placing at least two spools 154 including radiopaque filaments 156 adjacent to each other around a circumference of the distal portion 100. Circumferential adjacentness may by produced, for example, by placing spools 154 including radiopaque filaments 156 on adjacent spindles 153 or spindles 153 without a non-radiopaque filament therebetween on the yarn wheel 152.

[0503] In some embodiments, the three phase helix may comprise a simple three phase helix, which may include about 3 radiopaque strands, a reinforced three phase helix, which may include about 4 radiopaque strands (e.g., two strands for reinforcing one of the phases and one strand for each of the other two phases), and/or a circumferential helix with a reinforced three phase helix, which may include between about 9 radiopaque strands (e.g., six strands for reinforcing the three phase helix and three strands for the non-reinforced three phase helix), about 12 radiopaque strands (e.g., nine strands for reinforcing the three phase helix, and three strands for the non-reinforced three phase helix), about 15 radiopaque strands (e.g., twelve strands for reinforcing the three phase helix, and three strands for the non-reinforced three phase helix), about 60 radiopaque strands (e.g., 54 strands for reinforcing each helix reinforcing the three phase helix, and six strands for the non-reinforced three phase helix), etc. In some embodiments, referring to FIG. 8U, a ratio of the number of radiopaque filaments in the reinforced three phase helix to the number of radiopaque filaments in the non-reinforced three phase helix may include ratios of about 2:1, about 3:1, about 4:1, about 9:1, etc.

[0504] FIG. 8Z is a schematic magnified side elevational view of still another example embodiment of a distal portion 4500 of a vascular treatment device illustrating an example pattern of radiopaque filaments 4520. The distal portion 4500 may be the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30, or 40. The distal portion 4500 includes, in an expanded state, a textile structure including shape-memory filaments (not shown) and radiopaque filaments 4520. The distal portion 4500 includes a plurality of zones 4510 along the longitudinal axis 4540. The plurality of zones 4510 includes a first zone 4511, a second zone 4513, and a third zone 4515. The first zone 4511 includes different braid angles than the second zone 4513. The second zone 4513 includes different braid angles than the third zone 4515. In the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 8Z, the first zone 4511 includes the same braid angles than the third zone 4515, although the first zone 4511 may includes different braid angles than the third zone 4515. In some embodiments, the radiopaque filaments 4520 form a “circumferential asymmetric helix” 4510.

[0505] Referring again to FIG. 8A, the braiding parameters may be varied to produce the desired properties of the textile structure 158, including, for example braid angle, PPI, pore size, porosity, etc. There are at least two variables that can be modified to directly affect the braid angle: (1) speed of rotation of the horn gear 152 for an entire rotation of the horn gear 152 in the horizontal direction 166; and (2) speed of motion of the puller or ring 161 in the vertical direction 164 along the mandrel 162. Changes in one or both of these variables can directly affect, for example, braid angle. In some embodiments in which the speed of rotation in the horizontal direction (S_h) of the circular horn gear 152 is faster than the speed of motion in the vertical direction (S_v) of the puller 161 such that the horn gear ratio (S_h/S_v) is greater than 1.0, a high braid angle can obtained. In some embodiments in which the speed of rotation in the horizontal direction of the circular horn gear 152 is slower than the speed of motion in the vertical direction of the puller 161 such that the horn gear ratio (S_h/S_v) is less than 1.0, a lower braid angle can be obtained. Referring again to FIG. 8Z, the first zone 4511 of the distal portion 4500 has a relatively low braid angle, implying that the horn gear ratio is less than 1.0, the second zone 4513 of the distal portion 4500 has a relatively high braid angle, implying that the horn gear ratio is greater than 1.0, and the third zone 4515 of the distal portion 4500 has a relatively low braid angle, implying that the horn gear ratio is less than 1.0.

[0506] Although shown with respect to a single radiopaque filament 4520 of a radiopaque pattern that may be formed, for example, by the braid carrier mechanism 2870 shown in FIG. 8G, variation of the horn gear ratio can be used to vary braid angles of a plurality of shape-memory and radiopaque filaments in any braid carrier mechanism setup (e.g., the braid carrier mechanisms setups shown in FIGS. 8B, 8I, 8K, 8N, 8R, 8T-3, 8V, etc.). In braid carrier mechanism setups including radiopaque filaments, the braid angle may be varied along the longitudinal length of the device being braided.

[0507] FIG. 9A is a schematic magnified side elevational view of a portion of another example embodiment of a distal portion 8300 of a vascular treatment device illustrating an example pattern of one or more filaments 8320. The distal portion 8300 may be the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30, or 40. The distal portion 8300 includes, in an expanded state, a textile structure including shape-memory and/or radiopaque filaments and a plurality of zones 8310. The filament(s) 8320 may be part of a woven textile structure, for example as described herein. In some embodiments, at least one of the plurality of zones 8310 has a different porosity and/or pore size than at least one of the other of the plurality of zones 8310. Referring back to FIG. 8A, at least two variables can be modified to directly affect braiding parameters such as porosity or pore size: (1) ability to start or stop movement of the vertical puller 161, and, once stopped, ability to rearrange the spools 154 from one spindle 153 to another spindle 153 (“Start-Stop”); and (2) ability to vary speed of rotation of portions of the circular horn gear 152. In some embodiments, movement of the vertical puller 161 is temporarily stopped, and the spools 154 including filaments 156 are rearranged from one spindle 153 to another spindle 153 on the braid carrier mechanism 152 to create a different pattern (e.g., from symmetric as shown in FIG. 8V to asymmetric as shown in FIG. 8Y). Adjusting the arrangement of the braid carrier mechanism can vary the pore size in the horizontal plane on either side of the braid axis. In some other embodiments, the speed of rotation of the circular horn gear 152 for a portion of rotation of the yarn wheel 152 (e.g., 180°, or for the western hemisphere of the yarn wheel 152) is different compared to the remaining portion of rotation of the yarn wheel 152 (e.g., 180°, or for the eastern hemisphere of the yarn wheel 152), which can vary pore size and/or porosity in the vertical plane on either side of the longitudinal axis.

[0508] In FIG. 9A, the distal portion 8300 includes a first zone 8311, a second zone 8312, and a third zone 8315. The second zone 8313 has a higher porosity and/or larger pore size than the first zone 8311 and the third zone 8315. In some embodiments, the porosity and/or pore size of the second zone may be varied by adjusting at least one of Start-Stop and rotation of a portion of the yarn wheel 152 during the braiding process. In some embodiments, the filaments 8320 form a helix including troughs and peaks, for example at the sides the distal portion 8300 that the helix at least partially creates. In FIG. 9C, the first zone 8311 and the third zone 8315 have a relatively high PPI and are less porous than the second zone 8313. Higher PPI can result in a smaller pore size, which can decrease flow into an aneurysm or a vascular malformation such as an arterio-venous fistula, which can aid in thrombosis of the aneurysm or vascular malformation. The second zone 8313 has a relatively low PPI and is more porous than the first zone 8311 and the third zone 8315. Lower PPI can result in a larger pore size, which can allow adequate flow into perforating vessels or small blood vessels adjoining blood clot, an aneurysm, or a vascular malformation such as an arterio-venous fistula, which can maintain flow in these small but important blood vessels.

[0509] FIG. 9B is a schematic side elevational view of an example embodiment of forming the distal portion 8300 of FIG. 9A. FIG. 9B shows a braiding device or carrier braider 150 braiding a pattern in the distal portion 8300 including variable pore size. For example as described with respect to FIG. 8A, the braiding device 150 includes a yarn wheel or braid carrier mechanism or circular horn gear 152 and a plurality of spindles 153 and individual carriers 155. A spindle 153 is a stick on the circular horn gear 152. A spool 154 is a hollow device that fits onto a spindle 153 and includes filaments 156 wound around it. An individual carrier 155 includes a spindle 153 and a spool 154 on the spindle 153. The terms spindle, spool, and individual carrier may be used interchangeably depending on context. The individual carriers 155 include spools 154 including filaments 156 that are woven together to form the textile structure of the distal portion 8300. Each spindle pair includes an outer spindle 5717 and an inner spindle 5715. The filaments 156 each extend from an individual carrier 155 to a ring or vertical puller 161 over a mandrel along the central longitudinal axis 4840, and are braided around the mandrel 160 along the central longitudinal axis 4840 by spinning the circular horn gear 152, spinning the spindles 153, and pulling the ring 161 away from the circular horn gear 152 in a vertical direction 164. The distal portion 8300 includes filaments that are left leaning, for example the filaments 8320 that are shown to the left of the longitudinal axis 4840, and right leaning, for example the filaments 8320 that are shown to the right of the longitudinal axis 4840. In some embodiments, the left leaning filaments correlate with the individual carriers 4815 in the western hemisphere of the circular braid mechanism or circular horn gear 152 and the right leaning filaments correlate with the individual carriers 4825 in the eastern hemisphere of the circular braid mechanism or circular horn gear 152. Although some examples of the carrier braider 150 with 4 spindles 153 or individual carriers 155 are provided herein, some embodiments of the carrier braider 150 may include 6 to 144 spindles 153 or individual carriers 155 in accordance with the values provided above and/or carrier braiders 150 that have 6, 12, 24, 36, 48, 60, 72, 84, 96, 120, 144, etc. spindles 153 or individual carriers 155. As the textile structure 8300 is woven at preform point 160, the textile structure advances in the direction of the arrow 164. The circular horn gear 152 spins in the direction of the arrows 166 in a horizontal plane around the longitudinal axis 4840, and the spindles 153 rotate within the circular horn gear 152 to create the desired braiding pattern.

[0510] FIG. 9C is a schematic diagram illustrating an example setup of a braid carrier mechanism 2600 for forming the distal portion 8300 of FIG. 9A, illustrating an example pattern for creating variable pore size. In FIG. 9C, the half circles with dark shading indicate individual carriers 155 including spools 154 including shape memory filaments 154, the half circles with hatched shading indicate individual carriers 155 including spools 154 including radiopaque filaments 156, and the half circles with no shading indicate spindles without o spools 154 or filaments 156. Although some examples of the spindles 153 or individual carriers 155 are provided herein, the spindles 153 may include spools 154 including shape memory material, spools 154 including radiopaque material, be empty, be arranged in symmetric or asymmetric patterns, combinations thereof, and the like. In the arrangement illustrated in FIG. 9C, spindles 1o, 2i, 4o, 5i, 7o, 8i, 10o, 11i, 13o, 14i, 16o, 17i, 19o, 20i, 22o, 23i, 25o, 26i, 28o, 29i, 31o, 32i, 34o, 35i, 37o, 38i, 40o, 41i, 43o, 44i, 46o, 47i, 49o, 50i, 52o, 53i, 55o, 56i, 58o, 59i, 61o, 62i, 64o, 65i, 67o, 68i, 70o, 71i include spools 154 including shape-memory material (e.g., 48 of the 48 filaments 156 comprise shape-memory material) and the remaining spindles are empty. Although some examples of the carrier braider 150 with 48 spindles 153 or individual carriers 155 are provided herein, some embodiments of the carrier braider 150 may include 6 to 144 spindles 153 or individual carriers 155 in accordance with the values provided above and/or carrier braiders 152 that have 6, 12, 24, 36, 48, 60, 72, 84, 96, 120, 144, etc. spindles 153 or individual carriers 155.

[0511] FIG. 9D is a schematic diagram illustrating another example setup of a braid carrier mechanism 2600 for forming the distal portion 8300 of FIG. 9A, illustrating another example pattern for creating variable pore size after rearranging the individual carriers 155 such that all of the spindles 153 with spools 154 including filaments 156 form spindle pairs, which can increase the number of empty spindle pairs and pore size. In the arrangement illustrated in FIG. 9D, the spindles 1o, 1i, 4o, 4i, 7o, 7i, 10o, 10i, 13o, 13i, 16o, 6i, 19o, 19i, 22o, 22i, 25o, 25i, 28o, 28i, 31o, 31i, 34o, 34i, 37o, 37i, 40o, 40i, 43o, 43i, 46o, 46i, 49o, 49i, 52o, 52i, 55o, 55i, 58o, 58i, 61o, 61i, 64o, 64i, 67o, 67i, 70o, 70i include spools 154 including shape-memory material (e.g., 48 of the 48 filaments 156 comprise shape-memory material) and the remaining spindles are empty. Compared to the arrangement illustrated in FIG. 9E, the spool 154 on spindle 2i was moved to the spindle 1i, the spool 154 on spindle 5i was moved to the spindle 4i, the spool 154 on spindle 8i was moved to the spindle 7i, the spool 154 on spindle 11i was moved to the spindle 10i, the spool 154 on spindle 14i was moved to the spindle 13i, the spool 154 on spindle 17i was moved to the spindle 16i, the spool 154 on spindle 20i was moved to the spindle 19i, the spool 154 on spindle 23i was moved to the spindle 22i, the spool 154 on spindle 26i was moved to the spindle 25i, the spool 154 on spindle 29i was moved to the spindle 28i, the spool 154 on spindle 32i was moved to the spindle 31i, the spool 154 on spindle 35i was moved to the spindle 34i, the spool 154 on spindle 38i was moved to the spindle 37i, the spool 154 on spindle 41i was moved to the spindle 40i, the spool 154 on spindle 44i was moved to the spindle 43i, the spool 154 on spindle 47i was moved to the spindle 46i, the spool 154 on spindle 50i was moved to the spindle 49i, the spool 154 on spindle 53i was moved to the spindle 52i, the spool 154 on spindle 56i was moved to the spindle 55i, the spool 154 on spindle 59i was moved to the spindle 58i, the spool 154 on spindle 62i was moved to the spindle 61i, the spool 154 on spindle 65i was moved to the spindle 64i, the spool 154 on spindle 68i was moved to the spindle 67i, and the spool 154 on spindle 71i was moved to the spindle 70i. Although some examples of the carrier braider 150 with 48 spindles 153 or individual carriers 154 are provided herein, some embodiments of the carrier braider 150 may include 6 to 144 spindles 153 or individual carriers 155 in accordance with the values provided above and/or carrier braiders that have 6, 12, 24, 36, 48, 60, 72, 84, 96, 120, 144, etc. spindles 153 or individual carriers 155 and the number and positioning of the spools 154 including filaments 156 can remain as provided in the example braid carrier mechanism 2600 setup of FIG. 9D.

[0512] In some embodiments, for example the arrangement illustrated in FIG. 9C, can result in a braiding pattern of the distal portion 8300, as noted in FIG. 9B, having a relatively high PPI and relatively low porosity, for example the distal segment 8311 of the distal portion 8300. If the “Start-Stop” capability is activated after the braiding of the distal segment 8311 of the distal portion 8300, and once the vertical puller or ring 161 is stopped to be able to rearrange the spools 154 including filaments 156 between spindles 153 in the arrangement illustrated in FIG. 9D, further braiding can result in a braiding pattern having a relatively low PPI and relatively high porosity, for example the middle segment 8313 of the distal portion 8300. If the “Start-Stop” capability is again activated after the braiding of the middle segment 8313 of the distal portion 8300, and once the vertical puller or ring 161 is stopped to be able to rearrange the spools 154 including filaments 156 between spindles 153 in the arrangement illustrated in FIG. 9C, further braiding can result in a braiding pattern having a relatively high PPI and relatively low porosity, for example the proximal segment 8315 of the distal portion 8300.

[0513] In some embodiments, referring back to FIGS. 9B and 9C, the speed of rotation of the circular horn gear 152 for 180 degrees rotation of the yarn wheel, for example the speed of rotation S_h-w of the western hemisphere of individual carriers 4815 on the yarn wheel in the horizontal direction 4817, is different compared to the remaining 180 degrees rotation of the yarn wheel, for example the speed of rotation S_h-e of the eastern hemisphere of individual carriers 4825 of the yarn wheel in the horizontal direction 4827, which can vary the pore size in the vertical plane on either side of the longitudinal axis 4840.

[0514] In the arrangement illustrated in FIGS. 9C and 9D, for example, if the speed of rotation S_h-w in the horizontal direction 4817 of the western hemisphere of the circular horn gear 152 is faster than the speed of motion S_y in the vertical direction of the puller 161, the horn gear ratio (S_h-w/S_y) is greater than 1.0, and a high braid angle can be obtained. For example, the higher braid angle segments may have braid angles ranging from about 91° to about 180° (e.g., about 111°, about 112°, about 151°, etc.). Higher braid angle segments generally have a higher PPI and tend to have relatively low porosity. Higher PPI can result in a smaller pore size, which can decrease flow into an aneurysm or a vascular malformation such as an arterio-venous fistula, which can aid in thrombosis of the aneurysm or vascular malformation.

[0515] In the arrangement illustrated in FIGS. 9C and 9D, for example, if the speed of rotation S_h-e in the horizontal direction 4827 of the eastern hemisphere of the circular horn gear 152 is slower than the speed of motion S_y in the vertical direction of the puller 161, the horn gear ratio (S_h-e/S_y) is less than 1.0, and a lower braid angle can be obtained. For example, the lower braid angle segments may have braid angles ranging from about 0° to about 90° (e.g., about 17°, about 22°, about 45°, etc.). Lower braid angle segments generally have lower PPI and tend to have relatively high porosity. Lower PPI can result in a larger pore size, which can allow flow into perforating vessels or small blood vessels adjoining blood clot, an aneurysm, or a vascular malformation such as an arterio-venous fistula, which can maintain flow in these small but important blood vessels.

[0516] FIG. 9E is a schematic diagram illustrating an example embodiment of a mandrel for forming a distal portion of a vascular treatment device, for example the distal portion 11000 of FIG. 7A and/or the distal portion 11100 of FIG. 7B. FIG. 9F is a schematic diagram illustrating another example embodiment of a mandrel for forming a distal portion of a vascular treatment device, for example the distal portion 11000 of FIG. 7A and/or the distal portion 11100 of FIG. 7B. In the embodiments illustrated in FIGS. 9E and 9F, the bulbous mandrel can be customized for any Y-shaped configuration of the distal portion 100 of a vascular treatment device.

[0517] In FIG. 9E, the bulbous mandrel includes a spherical bulb or central anchor bulb 11205 and a plurality of retainer cavities including sprockets. In some embodiments, the retainer cavity and sprockets are interspersed on substantially the entire outer circumference of the central anchor bulb 11205, and have the ability to rotate between about 0° and about 180°. Depending on the distal portion 100 to be manufactured, a first mandrel extension 11210 is coupled to a first sprocket 11212, a second mandrel extension 11220 is coupled to a second sprocket 11222, and a third mandrel extension 11230 is coupled to a third sprocket 11232. The remaining sprockets can then be removed. In FIG. 9F, the bulbous mandrel includes a spherical bulb or central anchor bulb 11205 and a plurality of retainer cavities. Depending on the distal portion 100 to be manufactured, a first mandrel extension 11210 is coupled to a first sprocket 11262, a second mandrel extension 11220 is coupled to a second sprocket 11242, and a third mandrel extension 11230 is coupled to a third sprocket 11252.

[0518] Although FIGS. 9E and 9F are shown and described with respect to three mandrel extensions 11210, 11220, 11230, more or fewer mandrel extensions are also possible. The first mandrel extension 11210 comprises a generally spherical bulb and a generally cylindrical neck on each side of the generally spherical bulb, which can allow a neck formed over the first mandrel extension 11210 to include a generally spherical bulb and a generally cylindrical neck on each side of the generally spherical bulb. The second mandrel extension 11220 and the third mandrel extension 11230 are each generally cylindrical, which can allow a neck formed over the second mandrel extension 11220 and the third mandrel extension 11230 to be generally cylindrical. Mandrel extensions with any size and shape can be coupled to the central anchor bulb 11205 depending on the desired size and shape of the neck to be formed thereover. In some embodiments, mandrel extensions can be selected to form a distal portion 100 customized for a pathology such as a location of an aneurysm, and even sized for a particular patient.

[0519] Referring again to FIG. 7A, the lengths L₁, L₂, L₃, and diameters D₁, D₂, D₃), the diameter of the central anchor bulb D₀, and the angulation of the mandrel extensions 11210, 11220, 11230 from the central anchor bulb 11205 can be customized to vasculature, a pathology such as location of the aneurysm at a vessel bifurcation, and/or aneurysm dimensions and blood vessel diameters and angulations in a patient in non-emergent situations. Referring again to FIG. 9B, a bulbous mandrel can be mounted on a carrier braider or braiding device for primary braiding over the customized bulbous mandrel. In some embodiments, the customized bulbous mandrel may include metals or alloys (e.g., comprising stainless steel or alloy of nickel and titanium). Suitable materials may include, for example, platinum, titanium, nickel, chromium, cobalt, tantalum, tungsten, iron, manganese, molybdenum, and alloys thereof including nickel titanium (e.g., nitinol), nickel titanium niobium, chromium cobalt, copper aluminum nickel, iron manganese silicon, silver cadmium, gold cadmium, copper tin, copper zinc, copper zinc silicon, copper zinc aluminum, copper zinc tin, iron platinum, manganese copper, platinum alloys, cobalt nickel aluminum, cobalt nickel gallium, nickel iron gallium, titanium palladium, nickel manganese gallium, stainless steel, shape memory alloys, etc.

[0520] Referring again to FIG. 7A, a textile structure formed over the central anchor bulb 11205 can form the distal generally spherical bulb 11012, a textile structure formed over the mandrel extension 11210 can form the proximal segment including the bulb 11012 and the necks 11016, 11017, a textile structure formed over the mandrel extension 11220 can form the lateral distal neck 11019, and a textile structure formed over the mandrel extension 11230 can form the distal neck 11018. Referring again to FIG. 7B, a textile structure formed over the central anchor bulb 11205 can form the proximal generally spherical bulb 11105, a textile structure formed over the mandrel extension 11210 can form the distal segment including the bulb 11110 and the necks 11115, 11130, a textile structure formed over the mandrel extension 11220 can form the lateral proximal neck 11120, and a textile structure formed over the mandrel extension 11230 can form the proximal medial neck 11125. Porosity of any section or portion thereof can be varied, for example as described herein (e.g., varying speed of a horn gear and/or puller, rearranging braid carrier mechanism setups).

[0521] After a tubular textile structure 158 is formed, the filaments 156 may be severed (e.g., close to the mandrel 162), and the textile structure 158 may be removed from the mandrel 162. FIG. 10A is a photograph illustrating an example woven tubular structure 158 after being removed from a mandrel 162. The textile structure 158 is then slid onto a second mandrel having the same or a substantially similar outer diameter as the mandrel 162. The textile structure 158 and the second mandrel are heat treated to impart shape memory to at least some of the filaments 156 (e.g., at least the filaments 156 comprising shape-memory material).

[0522] The temperature at which a material transforms from Martensite to Austenite depends at least partially on heat treatment of that material, which can influence the super-elastic or shape memory properties of a shape memory material. For example, upon a change in temperature of an alloy of nickel and titanium, super-elastic or shape memory properties may be achieved.

[0523] In some embodiments, the heat treatment of shape memory allow (e.g., comprising between about 55.8 wt % and about 57 wt % nickel) is performed in a fluidized sand bath at an annealing temperature between about 500° C. and about 550° C. (e.g., about 520° C.) for between about 5 minutes and about 10 minutes (e.g., about 7 minutes) in an atmosphere (e.g., ambient air). Between at least about room temperature and about body temperature, the textile structure 158 maintains the tubular shape absent stress-induced martensite. Heat treatment at annealing temperatures that are relatively high (e.g., between about 550° C. and about 600° C.) for between about 20 minutes and about 180 minutes can result in increasing the temperature range at which the textile structure 158 displays shape memory effect (e.g., greater than about body temperature). Heat treatment at annealing temperatures that are relatively low (e.g., between about 400° C. and about 450° C.) for between about 2 minutes and about 10 minutes can also result in increasing the temperature range at which the textile structure 158 displays shape memory effect (e.g., greater than about body temperature). In some embodiments, heat treatment of shape memory alloys, for example binary alloys of nickel and titanium with lower nickel content (e.g., between about 54.5 wt % and 55.3 wt % nickel) or ternary alloys of nickel, titanium, and cobalt, may be performed at annealing temperatures that are relatively low (e.g., between about 400° C. and about 450° C.) for between about 2 minutes and about 10 minutes may also result in the textile structure 158 that can maintain the tubular shape between at least about room temperature and about body temperature absent stress-induced martensite. The heat treatment temperature can be adjusted based on the particular shape-memory alloy. For example, a ternary alloy comprising cobalt may exhibit properties similar to a relatively low nickel shape-memory alloy.

[0524] In some embodiments, the heat treatment is performed in a fluidized sand bath in inert atmosphere (e.g., nitrogen, a mixture of hydrogen and nitrogen, a mixture of carbon monoxide, hydrogen, and nitrogen, etc.), which can inhibit surface oxidation (e.g., formation of nickel oxides in alloys of nickel and titanium) of the shape memory materials. In some embodiments, after heat treatment, the distal portion is then placed in a water bath (e.g., between about 20° C. and about 25° C.) for between about 15 minutes and 45 minutes (e.g., about 30 minutes). Rapid heating and/or cooling can help to retain the shape (e.g., to achieve the austenite finish temperature A_f). In some systems, the mandrel 162 may be removed and the textile structure 158 may be heat treated on the mandrel 162 (e.g., without transfer to a second mandrel). After this initial heat treatment, the textile structure 158 may be referred to as a primary heat set or shape set structure.

[0525] FIG. 10B is another photograph illustrating an example woven tubular structure 4700 after being removed from a mandrel 162, or from a secondary mandrel. The stray filaments ends 4710 on the left side show that the ends 4710 of the filaments may benefit from further processing. For example, at least some of the ends of the filaments may be bent back, welded (e.g., ball welded), polished (e.g., to a dull end), coupled in sleeves, dip coated (e.g., in polymer such as polyurethane), coupled (e.g., adhered, welded, etc.), for example to an arcuate member (e.g., a radiopaque marker band 1720, for example as illustrated in FIG. 5D), combinations thereof, and the like. Lack of filament end treatment (e.g., no radiopaque marker band 1720, polymer, etc.) can allow the distal portion 100 to have a lower profile when collapsed, for example because compression is only limited to the area of the filaments and spacing therebetween. In embodiments including a radiopaque marker band 1720, the radiopaque marker band 1720 may include metals or alloys including, but not limited to, iridium, platinum, tantalum, gold, palladium, tungsten, tin, silver, titanium, nickel, zirconium, rhenium, bismuth, molybdenum, combinations, thereof, and the like. In some of the embodiments, a radiopaque marker band 1720 can be sandwich welded to the free end of the textile structure 158 (e.g., which is being fabricated into a distal portion 100 including bulbs). A radiopaque marker band 1720 may increase visibility of the distal end of the distal portion 100 during interventional procedures. In some embodiments, the ends of the filaments are not further processed. FIG. 10B also includes a United States quarter ($0.25 or 25¢) to provide a rough, non-limiting, sizing of an example distal portion 100 and its filaments. In some embodiments, laser cutting can inhibit fraying of the filaments (e.g., by reducing mechanical shear forces during the cutting process).

[0526] FIG. 10C is a schematic exploded side elevational view of an example embodiment of a mandrel 170, for example for heat treatment of distal portion 100 of a vascular treatment device. In some embodiments, the mandrel 170 includes a strand 172 and ten spherical bulbs 174: three distal extra-small spherical bulbs 176 having an outer diameter configured to be oversized to extra-small vessel segments such as the M2 segments of the middle cerebral artery (e.g., about 1.5 mm to about 2.25 mm); the proximally-next three small spherical bulbs 177 having an outer diameter configured to be oversized to smaller vessel segments such as the distal M1 segment of the middle cerebral artery (e.g., about 2.25 mm to about 2.75 mm); the proximally-next two medium spherical bulbs 178 having an outer diameter configured to be oversized to medium vessel segments such as the proximal M1 segment of the middle cerebral artery (e.g., about 2.75 mm to about 3.25 mm); and the proximal two large spherical bulbs 179 having an outer diameter configured to be oversized to large vessel segments such as the distal supra-clinoid segment of the internal carotid artery (e.g., about 3.25 mm to about 4 mm). In some embodiments, at least some of the bulbs of the mandrel 170 have a size of about 1 mm to about 80 mm (e.g., about 2 mm to about 12 mm). Bulbs in range of about 1 mm to about 6 mm, about 3 mm to about 4.5 mm, about 0.5 mm to about 3 mm (e.g., about 3 mm), 0.75 mm to about 3 mm (e.g., about 3 mm), about 3.1 mm to about 3.9 mm (e.g., about 3.5 mm), about 4 mm to about 4.4 mm (e.g., 4 mm), and about 4.5 mm to about 7.5 mm (e.g., about 4.5 mm) may be particular beneficial for smaller clots and/or vessels (e.g., in the brain). Bulbs of the mandrel 170, in range of about 4 mm to about 10 mm and about 5 mm to about 40 mm, may be particular beneficial for larger clots and/or vessels (e.g., in the leg). Although some example diameters are provided herein, some embodiments of the mandrel 170 may include diameters of the bulbs 176, 177, 178, 179 in accordance with the values provided above and/or diameters that are within about ±5%, about ±10%, about ±15%, or about ±20% of any such values.

[0527] In some embodiments, the spherical bulbs 176 include a cylindrical hole, proximally to distally, 4941, 4942, 4943, the spherical bulbs 177 include a cylindrical hole, proximally to distally, 4944, 4945, 4946, the spherical bulbs 178 include a cylindrical hole, proximally to distally, 4947, 4948, and the spherical bulbs 179 include a cylindrical hole, proximally to distally, 4949, 4951. The holes 4940 may, for example, be drilled through the centers of the spherical bulbs 174. The outer diameters of the cylindrical holes 4940 may be oversized to the outer diameter of the strand 172 to allow the spherical bulbs 174 to be threaded in a direction 1722 over the end 1721 of the strand 172. The bulbs 174 may be threaded one or more at a time. In some embodiments, the diameter or width of the strand 172 of the mandrel 170 for the distal portions 100 configured to be deployed in smaller blood vessels is in the range of about 0.15 mm to about 0.75 mm, about 0.35 mm to about 0.65 mm (e.g., about 0.38 mm), or about 0.4 mm to about 0.45 mm. In some embodiments, the diameter or width of the strand 172 of the mandrel 170 for distal portions 100 configured to be deployed in larger blood vessels in the range of about 1 mm to about 40 mm (e.g., about 5 mm to about 20 mm). A tapered configuration of the mandrel 170 can allow for adequate and safe deployment of the distal portion 100 across blood vessels with multiple and/or varying diameters (e.g., vasculature that progressively reduces in size). In some embodiments, the mandrel 170 may include a wide variety of different bulb parameters such as bulb quantity, shape, size, spacing, phase-shifting with regards to the longitudinal axis or to a chord of the axis, material parameters, different neck parameters (e.g., neck diameter, neck length, etc.), alignment to the longitudinal axis or to a chord of the axis, combinations thereof, and the like.

[0528] FIG. 10D is a photograph showing a side elevational view of an example embodiment of a mandrel 170. In some embodiments, the mandrel 170 is the third mandrel used in fabricating a distal portion 100, after the mandrel 162 and the second mandrel used for heat treating. In some embodiments, the mandrel 170 is the second mandrel used in fabricating a distal portion 100, after the mandrel 162 if the mandrel 162 is used for heat treating. The mandrel 170 includes a strand 172 and a plurality of bulbs 174, for example after assembly of the pieces illustrated in FIG. 10C. In some embodiments, the strand 172 may comprise a wire (e.g., comprising stainless steel or alloy of nickel and titanium), a hypotube, etc. In some embodiments, the bulbs 174 may comprise a ball (e.g., comprising stainless steel or alloy of nickel and titanium). In some embodiments, the strand 172 has an outer diameter of between about 0.001 inches (approx. 0.025 mm) to about 0.0018 inches (approx. 0.045 mm). The bulbs 174 may comprise solid or hollow structures with a bore therethrough to allow the bulbs 174 to be positioned along the strand 172. The bulbs 174 may be coupled to the strand by adhesion (e.g., epoxy), welding, soldering, combinations thereof, and the like. In some embodiments, the bulbs 174 have an outer diameter that is slightly smaller (e.g., about a wall thickness smaller or 1 to 2 strand thicknesses smaller) than a desired outer diameter of a bulb of the distal portion. The bulbs 174 illustrated in FIG. 10D include three generally spherical extra-small bulbs 176, three generally spherical small bulbs 177, two generally spherical medium bulbs 178, and two generally spherical large bulbs 179, which can help form the distal portion 1100 described above. Other selection and arrangement of bulbs 174 is also possible, for example to form other distal portions described herein or other types of distal portions. In some embodiments, for example to vary the diameter of the necks, the mandrel 170 includes hypotubes between the bulbs 174 having outer diameters corresponding to the desired inner diameter of the neck at that position. The selection and arrangement of the bulbs 174 along the strand 172 and optional neck hypotubes allows the formation of a distal portion 100 having bulbs of nearly any quantity, shape, size, spacing, etc.

[0529] FIG. 10E is a schematic diagram illustrating an example embodiment of a woven tubular structure 158 around a mandrel 170. FIG. 10E illustrates the textile structure 158 being tightened around the mandrel 170 using wire 180 (e.g., comprising stainless steel) between the two proximal large bulbs 179. The textile structure 158 can also be tightened around the mandrel 170 using wire 180 or other means between other bulbs 174.

[0530] FIG. 10F is a photograph illustrating an example embodiment a woven tubular structure 158 around a mandrel 170. FIG. 10F illustrates the textile structure 158 being tightened around the mandrel 170 using wire 180 (e.g., comprising stainless steel or alloy of nickel and titanium) between the left bulb 178 and the right bulb 177, between the right bulb 177 and the middle bulb 177, and between the middle bulb 177 and the left bulb 177. The frayed ends 4710 of the distal tip of the textile structure 158 are near the distal end of the strand 172. Although the mandrel 170 illustrated in FIGS. 10C-10F can be used to form the distal portion 1100 of FIG. 2B, the mandrel 170 can also be used to form other distal portions 100, for example not including medium or large bulbs (e.g., a distal portion including three bulbs 178, 179 as illustrated in FIG. 10G, or any desired shape). The wire 180 is wrapped around the textile structure 158 between the bulbs 174, and the textile structure 158 tightens around the bulbs 174. In some embodiments, the wire 180 is wrapped tightly the entire spacing between the bulbs 174 (e.g., to form discrete necks and bulbs). In some embodiments, the wire 180 is wrapped mainly at an intermediate point between the bulbs 174 to create a more undulating pattern without discrete bulbs and necks. Discrete necks and bulbs, or pronounced undulation, may be more effective at treating hard clots than gentle undulations.

[0531] FIG. 10G is a schematic side elevational view of another example embodiment of a woven tubular structure 158 around a mandrel 170. FIG. 10G illustrates the textile structure 158 being tightened around the mandrel 170 using wire 180 between the two large spherical bulbs 179 near the proximal end of the woven tubular structure 158 and using wire 182 between the medium spherical bulb 178 and the distal large spherical bulb 179. In some embodiments, the wire 185 is wrapped tightly around the textile structure 158 including the strand 172 to form discrete valleys in the region of the wires 180 and 182, and to form discrete hills in the region of the bulbs 178 and 179.

[0532] FIG. 10H is a schematic side elevational view of another example embodiment of a distal portion 5100 of a vascular treatment device illustrating a high transition angle θ_t. The distal portion 5100 includes, in an expanded state, a plurality of woven bulbs 5110 and a neck between the bulbs 5105, 5107. The distal portion 5100 may be formed, for example, by tightly wrapping wire, bangles, etc. around the textile structure 158 during a second heat treatment to form distinct bulbs 5105, 5107. FIG. 10I is a schematic side elevational view of another example embodiment of a distal portion 5200 of a vascular treatment device illustrating a low transition angle θ_t. The distal portion 5200 includes, in an expanded state, a plurality of woven bulbs 5210 and a depression between the bulbs 5205, 5207. The distal portion 5200 may be formed, for example, by tightly wrapping wire, bangles, etc. around the center of a neck of the textile structure 158 during a second heat treatment to form less distinct bulbs 5205, 5207. The distal portions 5100, 5200 may be the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30, or 40. A hill-to-valley transition angle θ_t is indicative of the amount of bulging of the bulbs relative to the necks, and is defined as the angle formed between the slope of the hill towards the valley and the plane perpendicular to the central longitudinal axis 4940. In some embodiments, the angle θ_t is between about 0° and about 90°. At higher transition angles θ_t, the amount of bulging is higher, and, at lower transition angles θ_t, the amount of bulging is lower. A higher transition angle θ_t may enhance torsional rasping of hard clots adherent to the vessel endothelium. A lower transition angle θ_t may enhance wall apposition of flow diverters or flow disruptors in the treatment of aneurysms or vascular malformations. Referring again to FIGS. 10H and 10I, a schematic representation of the measurement of transition angle θ_t is shown. In the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 10H, the transition angle θ_t is about 20°. In the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 10I, the transition angle θ_t is about 75°.

[0533] FIG. 10J is a schematic side elevational view of another example embodiment of a woven tubular structure 158 around a mandrel 175. In some embodiments, bangles or c-shaped clamps 190 may be used to tighten the textile structure 158 around the mandrel 175 instead of or in addition to the wire 180, 182. FIG. 10J illustrates the textile structure 158 being tightened around the mandrel 175 using bangles or c-shaped clamps 187, instead of wire, between the two large spherical bulbs 179 near one end of the woven tubular structure 158 and using bangles or c-shaped clamps 189 between the medium spherical bulb 178 and the left large spherical bulb 179, instead of wire, near the other end of the woven tubular structure 158. The bangles 190 may include a slit 191 that allows the bangle 190 to be pried open and wrapped around the textile structure 158 and the mandrel 175 but small enough that filaments of the textile structure 158 generally cannot protrude out of the slit 191.

[0534] FIG. 10K is a schematic side elevational view of yet another example embodiment of a woven tubular structure 158 around a mandrel 5300. FIG. 10K illustrates the textile structure 158 being tightened around the mandrel 5300 including the strand 172 using three different types of bangles or c-shaped clamps 5305, 5307, 5309 and wire 5303 to form discrete valleys and discrete hills in the region of the bulbs 177 and 178. In some embodiments, the bangle has a length close to that of the neck. In some embodiments, the bangle is thin enough that a plurality of bangles may be placed between the bulbs 174. In some embodiments as illustrated in FIG. 10K, circumferential ends of the bangles or c-shaped clamps may be circumferentially spaced by a slit 191 as shown by the bangle 5305, abut as shown by the bangle 5307, longitudinally overlap or circumferentially overlap as shown by the bangle 5309, etc. In some embodiments, temporary high-temperature adhesive may be used instead of or in addition to mechanical fasteners such as wire and/or bangles.

[0535] The textile structure 158 to the left of the left bulb 176 or the distal-most bulb may also be secured to the strand 172 to form the distal neck 65. The portions of the strand 172 beyond the bulbs 174 may include markers to help determine the length of any proximal and distal necks. In some embodiments, the distal neck 65 may be curled, for example into a pigtail (e.g., by curling the strand 172 to the left of the left bulb 176).

[0536] In some embodiments, the strand 172 may be substantially omitted. For example, the bulbs 174 can be placed inside the textile structure 158 and then the textile structure 158 tightened around each side of the bulbs 174. An external template, for example, may be used to ensure proper spacing. Such a method may increase adaptability for forming different types of distal portions 100 using the same bulbs 174. In some embodiments, the strand 172 may be removed from the bulbs 174 after securing the textile structure 158 around the bulbs 174.

[0537] The textile structure 158 and the bulbs 174, and optionally the strand 172, are heat treated to impart shape memory to at least some of the filaments (e.g., at least the filaments 156 comprising shape memory material). In some embodiments, the secondary heat treatment of shape memory (e.g., comprising between about 55.8 wt % and about 57 wt % nickel) is at a temperature between about 500° C. and about 550° C. (e.g., about 525° C.) for between about 3 minutes and about 10 minutes (e.g., about 5 minutes) in an atmosphere (e.g., a sand bath fluidized with ambient air). As described herein, certain such heat treatment processes can maintain the shape of the distal portion 100 (e.g., including the bulbs and necks) between at least about room temperature and about body temperature absent stress-induced martensite, for example because the austenitic finish temperature A_f is between about 10° C. and about 18° C. (e.g., the distal portion 100 is super-elastic at temperatures greater than about 18° C.).

[0538] In some embodiments, the secondary heat treatment of shape memory (e.g., comprising between about 54.5 wt % and about 55.3 wt % nickel) is at a temperature between about 400° C. and about 450° C. (e.g., about 425° C.) for between about 3 minutes and about 10 minutes (e.g., about 5 minutes) in an atmosphere (e.g., a sand bath fluidized with ambient air). As described herein, certain such heat treatment processes can maintain the shape of the distal portion 100 (e.g., including the bulbs and necks) between at least about room temperature and about body temperature absent stress-induced martensite, for example because the austenitic finish temperature A_f is between about 10° C. and about 18° C. (e.g., the distal portion 100 is super-elastic at temperatures greater than about 18° C.).

[0539] In some embodiments, the secondary heat treatment of shape memory (e.g., comprising between about 55.8 wt % and about 57 wt % nickel) is at a temperature between about 400° C. and about 450° C. (e.g., about 425° C.) for between about 3 minutes and about 10 minutes (e.g., about 5 minutes) in an atmosphere (e.g., a sand bath fluidized with ambient air). Certain such heat treatment processes can maintain the tubular shape of the distal portion 100 (e.g., without the bulbs and necks) between at least about room temperature and about body temperature absent stress-induced martensite, for example because the austenitic finish temperature A_f is increased from between about 10° C. and about 18° C. to between about 25° C. and about 37° C. (e.g., the distal portion 100 slowly transitions to the bulb and neck shape at temperatures between about 25° C. and 37° C.). This dual heat treatment and slow shape transformation at room and/or body temperature can be referred to as one-way shape memory effect.

[0540] In some embodiments, the secondary heat treatment of shape memory (e.g., comprising between about 54.5 wt % and about 55.3 wt % nickel) is at a temperature between about 500° C. and about 550° C. (e.g., about 525° C.) for between about 20 minutes and about 180 minutes (e.g., about 25 minutes) in an atmosphere (e.g., a sand bath fluidized with ambient air). Certain such heat treatment processes can maintain the tubular shape of the distal portion 100 (e.g., without the bulbs and necks) between at least about room temperature and about body temperature absent stress-induced martensite, for example because the austenitic finish temperature A_f is increased from between about 10° C. and about 18° C. to between about 25° C. and about 37° C. (e.g., the distal portion 100 slowly transitions to the bulb and neck shape at temperatures between about 25° C. and 37° C.).

[0541] In some embodiments, the secondary heat treatment of shape memory (e.g., comprising between about 55.8 wt % and about 57 wt % nickel) is at a temperature between about 400° C. and about 450° C. (e.g., about 425° C.) for between about 3 minutes and about 10 minutes (e.g., about 5 minutes) in an atmosphere (e.g., a sand bath fluidized with ambient air), which can have the effect described above. In some embodiments, a tertiary heat treatment may be performed, for example to impart the shape of the distal portion 100 shown in FIG. 27L at certain temperatures. In certain such embodiments, the tertiary heat treatment of shape memory (e.g., comprising between about 55.8 wt % and about 57 wt % nickel) is at a temperature between about 500° C. and about 550° C. (e.g., about 525° C.) for between about 3 minutes and about 10 minutes (e.g., about 5 minutes) in an atmosphere (e.g., a sand bath fluidized with ambient air). Certain such heat treatment processes can maintain the spiral or twisted or helical shape of the distal portion 100 between about 10° C. and about 18° C. absent stress-induced martensite, which can be achieved in a body, for example, by injecting cold saline (e.g., between about 5° C. and about 18° C.) for a localized temperature change or cooling effect. This triple heat treatment can be referred to as two-way shape memory effect.

[0542] In some embodiments, the secondary heat treatment of shape memory (e.g., comprising between about 54.5 wt % and about 55.3 wt % nickel) is at a temperature between about 500° C. and about 550° C. (e.g., about 525° C.) for between about 20 minutes and about 180 minutes (e.g., about 25 minutes) in an atmosphere (e.g., a sand bath fluidized with ambient air), which can have the effect described above. In some embodiments, a tertiary heat treatment may be performed, for example to impart the shape of the distal portion 100 shown in FIG. 27L at certain temperatures. In certain such embodiments, the tertiary heat treatment of shape memory (e.g., comprising between about 54.5 wt % and about 55.3 wt % nickel) is at a temperature between about 400° C. and about 450° C. (e.g., about 425° C.) for between about 3 minutes and about 10 minutes (e.g., about 5 minutes) in an atmosphere (e.g., a sand bath fluidized with ambient air). Certain such heat treatment processes can maintain the spiral or twisted or helical shape of the distal portion 100 between about 10° C. and about 18° C. absent stress-induced martensite, which can be achieved in a body, for example, by injecting cold saline (e.g., between about 5° C. and about 18° C.) for a localized temperature change or cooling effect.

[0543] The secondary and/or tertiary heat treatment temperature can be adjusted based on the particular shape-memory alloy. For example, a ternary alloy comprising cobalt may exhibit properties similar to a relatively low nickel shape-memory alloy.

[0544] In some embodiments, after heat treating, the distal portion is then placed in a water bath (e.g., between about 20° C. and about 25° C.) for between about 15 minutes and 45 minutes (e.g., about 30 minutes). Rapid heating and/or cooling can help to retain the shape (e.g., to achieve the austenite finish temperature A_f). After this second heat treatment, the textile structure 158 may be referred to as a secondary heat set or shape set structure.

[0545] FIG. 10L is a schematic side elevational view of an example embodiment of removal of a mandrel from a woven tubular structure 158. The wire, bangles, adhesive, etc. has been removed after heat treating to impart the shape of the mandrel to the textile structure. The mandrel includes a first mandrel piece 5010 and a second mandrel piece 5020. The first mandrel piece 5010 is shown being removed from one side (proximal or distal), as indicated by the arrow 5025, and the second mandrel piece 5020 is shown being removed from the other side, as indicated by the arrow 5030 (e.g., by being separable in an intermediate portion between the first mandrel piece 5010 and the second mandrel piece 5020). In some embodiments, after heat treatment, removing the mandrel piece 5020 including the proximal four spherical bulbs in the proximal direction and removing the mandrel piece 5010 including the distal six spherical bulbs 5010 in the distal direction may inhibit damage to the integrity of the woven tubular structure 158. A one piece mandrel or a multiple piece mandrel may also be removed from one side. Although some examples of mandrels are provided herein, some embodiments of mandrels may include a wide variety of different bulb parameters such as bulb quantity, shape, size, spacing, phase-shifting with regards to the longitudinal axis or to a chord of the axis, material parameters, different neck parameters (e.g., neck diameter, neck length, etc.), alignment to the longitudinal axis or to a chord of the axis, number of mandrels, combinations thereof, and the like.

[0546] The primary heat treatment in the cylindrical shape can allow the bulbs to radially expand to at least the diameter of the mandrel 162 without being damaged, and the secondary heat treatment can provide shape setting. In some embodiments, the first heat treatment process may be omitted (e.g., the textile structure 158 slid off the mandrel 162 and then onto the mandrel 170 (e.g., secured with wires, bangles, adhesive, etc.) with no primary heat treatment).

[0547] FIG. 10M is a schematic partial cut away side view of an example embodiment of heat treatment device. In some embodiments, the heat treatment device comprises a fluidized sand bath 5400. The fluidized sand bath 5400 includes an outer wall 5410 and an inner thermal insulation layer 5430. The fluidized sand bath 5400 includes a constrictive air inlet gate 5455 that allows the inflow of ambient air for heat treatment at atmosphere, or inflow of select gases (e.g., nitrogen, a mixture of hydrogen and nitrogen, a mixture of carbon monoxide, hydrogen, and nitrogen, combinations thereof, and the like) for heat treatment in an inert atmosphere. In some embodiments, the heat treatment is performed in a fluidized sand bath 5400 in inert atmosphere to inhibit oxidation of the surface of shape memory material, for example to inhibit formation of nickel oxides in alloys of nickel and titanium, during heat treatment.

[0548] In some embodiments, the heat treatment device 5400 includes an external air inflow regulator 5450 having an adjustable height h₁, which can regulate the velocity of the air inflow into the inner chamber 5415 of the sand bath 5400 through the constrictive air inlet gate 5455, to create an adequate fluidized state in the sand bath 5400. The external air inflow regulator 5450 is at a height h₁ above the ground, which can be adjusted by increasing or decreasing the height h₁, has a pressure P₁, and a velocity of gas v₁. The gas 5425 entering the inner chamber 5415 of the sand bath 5400 through the constrictive air inlet gate 5455 is at a height h₂ above the ground, has a pressure P₂, and a velocity of gas v₂. As the sum of the kinetic energy per unit volume (½ρv²), the potential energy per unit volume (ρgh), and the pressure energy (P) remain the same, the density of the gas p and the acceleration due to gravity g (980 cm/second²) remain constant, the velocity of the gas v₂ entering the inner chamber 5415 of the sand bath 5400 can be calculated using Equation 1:
½ρv₁²+ρgh₁+P₁=½ρv₂²+ρgh₂+P₂  (Eq. 1)
or, rearranged, v₂=√[v₁²+1960(h₁−h₂)+2(P₁−P₂)/p]

[0549] In some embodiments, if the pressures P₁ and P₂ are equal to atmospheric pressure (P₁=P₂=P_atm), the height h₂ of the constrictive air inlet gate 5455 is at ground level (h₂=0), and the gas velocity at the level of the external air inflow regulator 5450 is initially at rest (v₁=0), then the velocity v₂ of the gas entering the inner chamber 5415 of the sand bath 5400 is directly proportional to the height h₁ of the external air inflow regulator 5450. By increasing the height h₁ of the external air inflow regulator 5450, the velocity v₂ of the gas can be increased, and v₂ can be calculated in cm³/s using Equation 2:
v₂=√(1960×h₁)  (Eq. 2)

[0550] In some embodiments, the sand bath 5400 includes a fail safe temperature regulator 5460 and an electric energy regulator 5465. The fail safe temperature regulator 5460 can help regulate the temperature within the fluidized sand bath 5400. For example, during the heat treatment of an alloy of nickel and titanium, if the temperature is above 550° C., the fail safe temperature regulator 5460 may turn off the air inlet gate 5455 or, through the electric energy regulator 5465, turn off the power to a heating element 5440, as elevated annealing temperatures may adversely impact the A_f temperature as discussed herein. In some embodiments, the electric energy regulator 5465 can help regulate the voltage (AC or DC voltages) to inhibit electrical surges that may increase or decrease the temperature of the fluidized sand bath 5400 through the heating element 5440. For example, if an electrical surge during the heat treatment of an alloy of nickel and titanium impacted the heating element 5440 and increased the temperature above 550° C., the electric energy regulator 5465 may turn off the power to the heating element 5440, as elevated annealing temperatures may adversely impact the A_f temperature as discussed herein. In some embodiments, the fail safe temperature regulator 5460 and the electric energy regulator 5465 may be controlled and regulated by sensors, for example thermal sensors, pressure sensors, electrical sensors, combinations thereof, and the like.

[0551] In the example embodiment illustrated in FIG. 10M, the gas 5425 that enters through the air inlet gate 5455 passes through a porous plate 5445 and a heating element 5440 prior to entering the inner chamber 5415 of the sand bath 5400. The heating element 5440 may be electrically controlled and regulated via the fail safe temperature regulator 5460 and/or the electric energy regulator 5465. The inner chamber 5415 of the sand bath 5400 includes sand bath media 5420, for example dry inert non-flammable particles such as alumina (aluminum oxide), metallic beads such as stainless steel, combinations thereof, and the like. Fluidized sand bath media or particles 5420 may have a melting point and/or boiling point well above the heat treatment temperature such that solidification, which could otherwise occur upon on cooling (e.g., as in salt baths) and fumes (e.g., as in hot oil baths) are inhibited.

[0552] In the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 10M, when the gas 5425 is passed through the sand bath media or particles (e.g., aluminum oxide particles) 5420 via the porous plate 5445 and the heating element 5440, the sand bath media 5420 are separated and suspended in the gas flow 5425 and take on the appearance of a boiling liquid with excellent heat transfer characteristics. When the fluidized sand bath media 5420 are heated, heat is distributed quickly and evenly throughout the sand bath 5400 and transferred rapidly to any devices or components 5435 in the sand bath 5400.

[0553] In some embodiments, the fluidized sand bath 5400 comprises a detachable flange 5405 that covers the roof of the sand bath 5400. The detachable flange 5405 of FIG. 10M includes a handle 5487 and one or more hollow conduits 5475 to allow passage of the arms of the container or basket 5470 carrying the devices or components 5435 being heat treated. The container 5470 may take a variety of shapes, for example, sphere, oblong, egg, oval, ellipse, helical, triangle, rectangle, parallelogram, rhombus, square, diamond, pentagon, hexagon, heptagon, octagon, nonagon, decagon, trapezoid, trapezium, other polygons, or bulged versions of these and other shapes, combinations thereof, and the like, based on the devices or components 5435 being heat treated. The arms of the container 5470 may include single filament wires, multi-filament wires, hypotubes, combinations thereof, and the like. In some embodiments, the arms of the container 5470 are reversibly attached to the flange 5405 via detachable air-sealant rivets 5480 on the outside of the flange 5405, in which case the arms of the container 5470 pass through the hollow conduits 5475, on the inside of the flange 5405, in which case the arms of the container 5470 do not pass through the hollow conduits 5475, or on both the inside and the outside of the flange 5405. The reversible attachment points of the arms of the container 5470 to the air-sealant rivets 5480 may include a luer lock mechanism, a ball and socket mechanism, a wire and hook mechanism, a c-shaped clasp and hook mechanism, combinations thereof, and the like. The detachable flange 5405 can allow placement of the container 5470 with the devices or components 5435 being heat treated in the fluidized sand bath 5400 and/or removal of the container 5470 and the devices or components 5435 from the fluidized sand bath 5400 for placement in the cooling bath after heat treatment.

[0554] FIG. 11A is a schematic side elevational view of an example embodiment of braiding around a mandrel 162. For example, FIG. 11A schematically shows what is occurring in FIGS. 8A and 8D. The mandrel 162 may be used in a heat treatment process to impart a cylindrical shape, or the textile structure may be slid off of the mandrel 162 for heat treatment on another mandrel.

[0555] FIG. 11B is a schematic side elevational view of another example embodiment of braiding around a mandrel 5600. The mandrel 5600 includes bulbs 174 and strand 172, for example as describe with respect to FIGS. 10C and 10D. The textile structure 158 may be braided around the mandrel 5600 so that woven bulbs 5610 are formed during the braiding process, for example the woven bulbs 5612, 5614 with a woven neck 5620 between the woven bulbs 5612, 5614. The textile structure 158 may be heat treated on the mandrel 5600 to impart the bulb shapes, reducing manufacturing steps compared to a two-step heat treatment. During or after the braiding process, bangles, wire, adhesive, etc. may be used to secure portions of the textile structure more tightly to the mandrel 5600, for example as described with respect to FIGS. 10G, 10J, and 10K. In some embodiments, a single heat treatment after braiding around a bulbous mandrel 5600 as illustrated in FIG. 11B may include the same parameters as the second heat treatment around the mandrel 170 as described above.

[0556] FIG. 11C is a schematic side elevational view of an example embodiment of forming a textile structure. The textile structure 158 may form a distal portion of a vascular treatment device, for example of the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30, or 40. For example as described with respect to FIG. 8A and/or FIG. 9B, the braiding device 5700 includes a yarn wheel or braid carrier mechanism or circular horn gear 152 and a plurality of spindles 153 and individual carriers 155. A spindle 153 is a stick on the circular horn gear 152. A spool 154 is a hollow device that fits onto a spindle 153 and includes filaments 156 wound around it. An individual carrier 155 includes a spindle 153 and a spool 154 on the spindle 153. The terms spindle, spool, and individual carrier may be used interchangeably depending on context. The individual carriers 155 include spools 154 including filaments 156 that are woven together to form the textile structure 158 of the distal portion 100. The filaments 156 each extend from a individual carrier 155 to a ring or vertical puller 161 over a bulbous mandrel 5710 comprising spherical bulbs (e.g., the mandrel 5600 of FIG. 11B), and are braided around the bulbous mandrel 5710 by spinning the circular horn gear 152, spinning the spindles 153, and pulling the ring 161 away from the circular horn gear 152 in a vertical direction 164. As the textile structure 158 is woven at preform point 160, the textile structure 158 advances in the direction of the arrow 164. The circular horn gear 152 spins in the direction of the arrows 166 in a horizontal plane, and the spools 154 including filaments 156 on the spindles 153 rotate within the circular horn gear 152 to create the desired braiding pattern including plurality of woven bulbs 174, which includes in this example two large spherical bulbs 179 and two medium spherical bulbs 178, and necks between the bulbs 174. Although some examples of the carrier braider 150 with 4 spindles 153 or individual carriers 155 are provided herein, some embodiments of the carrier braider 150 may include 6 to 144 spindles 153 or individual carriers 155 in accordance with the values provided above and/or carrier braiders 150 that have 6, 12, 24, 36, 48, 60, 72, 84, 96, 120, 144, etc. spindles 153 or individual carriers 155. The textile structure 158 may be heat treated on the mandrel 5710 to impart the bulb shapes, reducing manufacturing steps compared to a two-step heat treatment. In some embodiments, a single heat treatment after braiding around a bulbous mandrel 5710 as illustrated in FIG. 11C may include the same parameters as the second heat treatment around the mandrel 170 as described above.

[0557] FIG. 11D is a schematic side elevational view of another example embodiment of forming a textile structure 158. The textile structure 158 may form a distal portion of a vascular treatment device, for example of the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30, or 40. For example as described with respect to FIG. 8A, FIG. 9B, and/or FIG. 11C, the braiding device 5800 includes a yarn wheel or braid carrier mechanism or circular horn gear 152 and a plurality of spindles 153 and individual carriers 155. A spindle 153 is a stick on the circular horn gear 152. A spool 154 is a hollow device that fits onto a spindle 153 and includes filaments 156 wound around it. An individual carrier 155 includes a spindle 153 and a spool 154 on the spindle 153. The terms spindle, spool, and individual carrier may be used interchangeably depending on context. The individual carriers 155 include spools 154 including filaments 156 that are woven together to form the textile structure 158 of the distal portion 100. Each spindle pair 5720 includes an outer spindle or individual carrier 5717 and an inner spindle or individual carrier 5715. The filaments 156 each extend from an individual carrier 155 to a ring or vertical puller 161 over a bulbous mandrel 5710 comprising spherical bulbs (e.g., the mandrel 5600 of FIG. 11B), and are braided around the bulbous mandrel 5710 by spinning the circular horn gear 152, spinning the spindles 153, and pulling the ring 161 away from the circular horn gear 152 in a vertical direction 164. As the textile structure 158 is woven at preform point 160, the textile structure 158 advances in the direction of the arrow 164. The circular horn gear 152 spins in the direction of the arrows 166 in a horizontal plane, and the spools 154 including filaments 156 on the spindles 153 rotate within the circular horn gear 152 to create the desired braiding pattern including a plurality of woven bulbs 174, which in this example includes two large spherical bulbs 179 and two medium spherical bulbs 178, and necks between the bulbs 174. The textile structure 158 may include a plurality of segments, at least one of the segments having a different pore size than at least one other segment. For example, in the textile structure 158 illustrated in FIG. 11D, the distal segment 5810 has relatively high PPI and has relatively low porosity, the middle segment 5820 has relatively low PPI and has relatively high porosity, and the proximal segment 5830 has relatively high PPI and has relatively low porosity. Although some examples of the carrier braider 150 with 4 spindles 153 or individual carriers 155 are provided herein, some embodiments of the carrier braider 150 may include 6 to 144 spindles 153 or individual carriers 155 in accordance with the values provided above and/or carrier braiders 150 that have 6, 12, 24, 36, 48, 60, 72, 84, 96, 120, 144, etc. spindles 153 or individual carriers 155. The textile structure 158 may be heat treated on the mandrel 5710 to impart the bulb shapes, reducing manufacturing steps compared to a two-step heat treatment. In some embodiments, a single heat treatment after braiding around a bulbous mandrel 5710 as illustrated in FIG. 11D may include the same parameters as the second heat treatment around the mandrel 170 as described above.

[0558] FIG. 11E is a perspective view of an example embodiment of a distal portion 5900 of a vascular treatment device, for example the result of the braiding process illustrated in FIG. 11D. Referring again to FIGS. 2B and 2C, the distal portion 5900 in FIG. 11E comprises a plurality of woven bulbs (1112, 1114, 1116, and 1118) and woven necks similar to the distal portion 1100 in FIGS. 2B and 2C, with a modification being segments 5810, 5820, 5830, 5840 having variable pore size. In some embodiments, the braid carrier mechanism 2600 setup illustrated in FIG. 9C can form a braiding pattern of the distal portion 158 as shown in FIG. 11E, in which the distal segment 5810, for example, has a relatively high PPI and has relatively low porosity. If the “Start-Stop” capability is activated after the braiding the distal segment 5810, and once the vertical puller or ring 161 is stopped to allow the spools 154 including filaments 156 to be rearranged between one spindle 153 and another spindle 153 in a symmetric pattern or an asymmetric pattern by increasing the number of empty spindle pairs, for example the braid carrier mechanism 2650 setup illustrated in FIG. 9D, the middle segment 5820 can have a relatively low PPI and can have relatively high porosity.

[0559] In some embodiments, if the “Start-Stop” capability is activated again after braiding the middle segment 5820, and once the vertical puller or ring 161 is stopped to allow the spools 154 including filaments 156 to be rearranged between one spindle 153 and another spindle 153 in another pattern, for example back to the braid carrier mechanism 2600 setup illustrated in FIG. 9C, the proximal segment 5830 can have a relatively high PPI and can have relatively low porosity. Higher PPI can result in a smaller pore size, which can decrease flow into an aneurysm or a vascular malformation such as an arterio-venous fistula, which can aid in thrombosis of the aneurysm or vascular malformation or serve to filter any debris or emboli that may be released during thrombectomy. In some embodiments, by alternating between the arrangements of the braid carrier mechanism illustrated in FIGS. 9C and 9D, low porosity and/or high porosity segments of the distal portion can be achieved.

[0560] Referring again to FIG. 10L, for example, after the textile structure 158 has been removed from the mandrel 170 after the second heat treatment, the proximal and distal ends may be trimmed to a desired size. For example, precise or approximate proximal and distal necks may be formed by laser cutting, or mechanically cutting a certain distance from a proximal-most or distal-most bulb. In some embodiments, the distal portion 100 has a total length greater than about 60 mm. In some embodiments, the filaments are sheared using a device similar to a pole pruner. The ends may be trimmed transverse to the longitudinal axis or at an angle. The filaments may be trimmed individually, or two or more filaments (including all or substantially all of the filaments) may be trimmed at substantially the same time (e.g., with a single cutting stroke or motion). The cross-section of the ends of the filaments may depend at least partially on the trim angle and the angle of the braiding pattern at the trim point. The trimmed ends may be further treated or left as is.

[0561] FIG. 12A is a schematic perspective view of an example embodiment of a filament end treatment of a distal portion 6000 of a vascular treatment device. The distal portion 6000 may be the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30, or 40. The part of the distal portion 6000 shown in FIG. 12A is the distal neck 65, but could also or alternatively be a wide mouth distal section, a proximal neck, a wide mouth proximal section, etc. For illustration purposes, the distal portion 6000 includes 12 woven filaments 156, although end treatments described herein may be suitable for higher or lower quantities of filaments 156. FIG. 12B is a front elevational view of the filament end treatment of FIG. 12A. The filament end treatment illustrated in FIGS. 12A and 12B includes leaving the ends of the filaments 156 as is or untreated after they have been trimmed.

[0562] FIG. 12C is a schematic perspective view of another example embodiment of a filament end treatment of a distal portion 6100 of a vascular treatment device. The distal portion 6100 may be the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30, or 40. The part of the distal portion 6100 shown in FIG. 12C is the distal neck 65, but could also or alternatively be a wide mouth distal section, a proximal neck, a wide mouth proximal section, etc. For illustration purposes, the distal portion 6100 includes 12 woven filaments 156, although end treatments described herein may be suitable for higher or lower quantities of filaments 156. FIG. 12D is a front elevational view of the filament end treatment of FIG. 12C. The filament end treatment illustrated in FIGS. 12C and 12D includes dip-coating or spray coating the distal neck 65 with a polymer. The polymer may comprise a biomedical polymer, for example silicone, polyurethane (e.g., Polyslix, available from Duke Extrusion of Santa Cruz, Calif.), polyethylene (e.g., Rexell®, available from Huntsman) including low density polyethylene (LDPE), linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE), medium density polyethylene (MDPE), and high density polyethylene (HDPE), fluoropolymers such as fluorinated ethylene propylene, PFA, MFA, PVDF, THV, ETFE, PCTFE, ECTFE (e.g., Teflon® FEP, available from DuPont), polypropylene, polyesters including polyethylene terephthalate (PET), PBT, PETG (e.g., Hytrel®, available from DuPont), PTFE, combination polymer compounds such as thermoplastic polyurethanes and polyether block amides (e.g., Propell™ available from Foster Corporation of Putnam, Conn.), polyether block amides (e.g. Pebax® available from Arkema of Colombes, France, PebaSlix, available from Duke Extrusion of Santa Cruz, Calif.), polyether soft blocks coupled with polyester hard blocks vinyls such as PVC, PVDC, polyimides (e.g., polyimides available from MicroLumen of Oldsmar, Fla.), polyamides (e.g., Durethan, available from Bayer, Nylon 12, available from Duke Extrusion of Santa Cruz, Calif.), polycarbonate (e.g., Corethane™, available from Corvita Corp. of Miami, Fla.), styrenics such as PS, SAN, ABS, and HIPS, acetals such as copolymers or homopolymers, PLA, PGA, PLGA, PCL, polyorthoesters, polyanhydrides, and copolymers thereof, high temperature performance polymers such as PEEK, PES, PPS, PSU, LCP, combinations thereof, and the like. In some embodiments, the polymer may include a radiopaque material (e.g., particles of radiopaque material dispersed in the polymer). In some embodiments, masking a portion of the end section of the distal portion 6100 during dip coating or spray coating can inhibit polymer from depositing in the area of masking. For example, if the distal portion 6100 is dip coated or spray coated while still on the mandrel 170, the polymer may be inhibited from being deposited on the inside of the distal portion 6100, which can preserve the inner lumen and maintain an inner diameter of the distal portion 6100. In some embodiments, dip coating or spray coating prior to trimming the ends of the filaments 156 is also possible. In certain such embodiments, the polymer may maintain the position of the filaments 156 so that they are not frayed. The coated end section may then be trimmed and left as is or further coated. For example, the end section may be spray coated on the mandrel 170, trimmed, and then dip coated.

[0563] In some embodiments, coating may include coating radiopaque material (e.g., particles of iridium, platinum, tantalum, gold, palladium, tungsten, tin, silver, titanium, nickel, zirconium, rhenium, bismuth, molybdenum, combinations thereof, and the like, and/or other radiopaque agents such as barium sulfate, tungsten powder, bismuth subcarbonate, bismuth oxychloride, iodine containing agents such as iohexyl (e.g., Omnipaque™, available from Amersham Health, a division of GE Healthcare), etc.) The radiopaque material may be coated after the polymer, along with the polymer, and/or interspersed with the coating of the polymer. The filaments 156 may be cut in a manner that reduces fraying (e.g., laser cut) since a coating a frayed filament 156 may result in a coated but still frayed filament 156.

[0564] Referring again to FIGS. 12C and 12D, at least the distal end of the distal neck 65 is coated with polymer 6110. In some embodiments, the polymer 6110 covers about 10% to about 75% (e.g., about 25% to about 50%) of the length of the distal neck 65. In some embodiments, the polymer 6110 covers about 0.5 mm to about 3 mm (e.g., about 1 mm to about 2 mm) of the length of the distal neck 65. More or less polymer 6110 can be used depending on the size of the distal portion 6100 and/or the distal neck 65.

[0565] FIG. 12E is a schematic perspective view of yet another example embodiment of a filament end treatment of a distal portion 6200 of a vascular treatment device. The distal portion 6200 may be the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30, or 40. The part of the distal portion 6200 shown in FIG. 12E is the distal neck 65, but could also or alternatively be a wide mouth distal section, a proximal neck, a wide mouth proximal section, etc. The filament end treatment illustrated in FIG. 12E includes coupling a radiopaque marker band 6210 to the distal end of the distal neck 65. In some embodiments, the material of the radiopaque marker band may include metals or alloys, including but not limited to iridium, platinum, tantalum, gold, palladium, tungsten, tin, silver, titanium, nickel, zirconium, rhenium, bismuth, molybdenum, combinations thereof, and the like.

[0566] FIG. 12F is a schematic perspective view of still another example embodiment of a filament end treatment of a distal portion 6300 of a vascular treatment device. The distal portion 6300 may be the distal portion 100 of the device 10, 20, 30, or 40. The part of the distal portion 6300 shown in FIG. 12F is the distal neck 65, but could also or alternatively be a wide mouth distal section, a proximal neck, a wide mouth proximal section, etc. The filament end treatment illustrated in FIG. 12F includes dip coating or spray coating with a polymer 6110 at least the distal end of the distal neck (e.g., as described with respect to FIGS. 12C and 12D) and coupling a radiopaque marker band 6210 to the distal end of the distal neck 65 (e.g., as described with respect to FIG. 12E).

[0567] Coating the ends of the distal portion 100 can inhibit the end from fraying and/or inhibit frayed ends from puncturing body tissue. The ends of the distal portion can be left loose, for example in embodiments in which the small size of the filaments allows them to be flexible enough to be unlikely to puncture tissue. Omission of a polymer tip (e.g., with no further processing or, for example, by coupling a radiopaque marker band without polymer) can allow the distal portion 100 to be sterilized using gamma radiation, which could damage polymers such as polyurethane and which is generally less expensive than chemical sterilization techniques such as ethylene oxide sterilization.

[0568] In some embodiments, the distal portion 100 includes a braided structure (e.g., produced by intertwining or interlacing two or more filaments diagonal or at an angle to the longitudinal or production axis of the distal portion 100). Woven structures are not limited to those in which the filaments are oriented at about 90° angles to each other.

[0569] In some embodiments, the distal portion 100 includes a knitted structure (e.g., produced by interlocking a series of loops of the filaments to create the distal portion 100). FIG. 13A is a photograph illustrating an example embodiment of a plurality of filaments 11830 being formed into an example biomedical textile structure 11825. In contrast to some textile structures 158 described herein, the structure 11825 illustrated in FIG. 13A includes one or more filaments 11830 being transverse to the longitudinal axis, which can result in poor radial force, poor wall apposition, and poor clot capture, along with having poor filtering ability (e.g., due to low porosity), but can allow longitudinal crowding to permit varying pore size during deployment. The size of pores of the textile structure 11825 may be substantially uniform over a large area. In some embodiments, at least a segment of the distal portion 100 includes knitting.

[0570] FIG. 13B is a photograph illustrating an example embodiment of a plurality of filaments 11845 being woven into another example biomedical textile structure 11835. In contrast to some other textile structures 158 described herein, the structure 11835 illustrated in FIG. 13B is not formed as a cylinder, but is knitted as a sheet, here characterized by interlocking loops. The sheet 11835 may then be rolled into a cylinder and heat treated, mechanically fixed, etc. to impart the cylindrical structure, and the cylinder may then be wrapped around a bulbous mandrel, for example as described with respect to FIG. 10D. The sheet may be wrapped directly around a bulbous mandrel (e.g., without first being shape set into a cylinder), reducing manufacturing steps. A rolled sheet may include stray filaments along an entire length of the distal portion 100, which may be advantageous for scraping some plaques or other such usages. The size of pores 11840 of the textile structure 11835 may be substantially uniform over a large area. Knitting into tubular shapes is also possible (e.g., weft knitting).

[0571] In some embodiments, after removal from a bulbous mandrel, the distal portion 100 does not include a crimping element around the necks or between the bulbs. In some embodiments, after removal from a bulbous mandrel, the distal portion 100 does not include a central wire or any other inner member such as an actuation member, other than the filaments used to form the shape-set textile structure (e.g., the bulbs and necks are hollow). In some embodiments, the distal portion 100 does not include radiopaque markers (e.g., marker bands), which can reduce a collapsed profile of the distal portion 100. In some embodiments, at least one bulb of the distal portion 100 (e.g., the distal-most bulb) is larger than an aneurysm and/or a mouth of an aneurysm (e.g., in contrast to balls woven for the sole purpose of insertion into an aneurysm). In some embodiments, the distal portion is configured to capture a thrombus between undulations (e.g., between hills and valleys created by bulbs and necks and/or between crossing filaments) such that an interior volume of the distal portion 100 (e.g., radially inward of the necks and bulbs) is not configured to receive a thrombus.

[0572] Distal portions 100 are generally described herein as integral structures in which the same filaments form all of the bulbs and necks. In some embodiments, the distal portion 100 may include a plurality of woven textile structures coupled to each other. For example, each textile structure may include one bulb, a plurality of bulbs having the same size or different sizes, a plurality of bulbs having the same shape or different shapes, etc. Certain such embodiments can enable manufacturing of a plurality of woven textile structures at one time, and at a later time assembling distal portions 100 from selected woven textile structures.

[0573] The distal portions described above may also constitute an entire vascular or other body lumen treatment device. For example, the distal portions may be a deployable endoprosthesis or stent, part of a vascular treatment device such as an intermediate or proximal portion, etc. The endoprosthesis may be coupled to a proximal portion 200 or other device detachable joint (e.g., Guglielmi electrolytic detachment, mechanical detachment (e.g., as described herein), etc.).

[0574] The distal portion 100 can be coupled to a proximal portion 200 at a joint 300, as described in further detail herein. In some embodiments, only the distal end of the distal portion 100 is coupled to the proximal portion at the joint 300. In some embodiments, the proximal end of the distal portion 100 is not coupled, joined, affixed, adhered, bonded, etc. to the proximal portion 200.

[0575] FIG. 14A is a photograph of an example of a segment of an example embodiment of a proximal portion 200 of a vascular treatment device. FIG. 14B is a photograph of another example segment of an example embodiment of a proximal portion 200 of a vascular treatment device. FIG. 12B also includes a United States penny ($0.01 or 1¢) to provide a rough, non-limiting, sizing of an example distal portion 200 and its kerfs 204. The proximal portion 200 comprises a tubular structure 202 and a plurality of openings (slits, kerfs, cuts, incisions, etc.) 204. FIG. 14A also shows a heat impact puddle 207, for example as described herein with respect to FIG. 17B. As used herein, the term kerf shall be given its ordinary meaning and shall include slits, slots, and other openings that typically extend completely through a wall (e.g., sidewall), but may also partially extend into a wall (e.g., notches, grooves, etc.). In some embodiments, the tubular structure 202 comprises a hypotube (e.g., comprising stainless steel). In some embodiments, the proximal portion 200 comprises for example, platinum, titanium, nickel, chromium, cobalt, tantalum, tungsten, iron, manganese, molybdenum, and alloys thereof including nickel titanium (e.g., nitinol), nickel titanium niobium, chromium cobalt, copper aluminum nickel, iron manganese silicon, silver cadmium, gold cadmium, copper tin, copper zinc, copper zinc silicon, copper zinc aluminum, copper zinc tin, iron platinum, manganese copper, platinum alloys, cobalt nickel aluminum, cobalt nickel gallium, nickel iron gallium, titanium palladium, nickel manganese gallium, stainless steel, shape memory alloys, etc., polymers such as, for example, silicone, polyurethane (e.g., Polyslix, available from Duke Extrusion of Santa Cruz, Calif.), polyethylene (e.g., Rexell®, available from Huntsman) including low density polyethylene (LDPE), linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE), medium density polyethylene (MDPE), and high density polyethylene (HDPE), fluoropolymers such as fluorinated ethylene propylene, PFA, MFA, PVDF, THV, ETFE, PCTFE, ECTFE (e.g., Teflon® FEP, available from DuPont), polypropylene, polyesters including polyethylene terephthalate (PET), PBT, PETG (e.g., Hytrel®, available from DuPont), PTFE, combination polymer compounds such as thermoplastic polyurethanes and polyether block amides (e.g., Propell™ available from Foster Corporation of Putnam, Conn.), polyether block amides (e.g. Pebax® available from Arkema of Colombes, France, PebaSlix, available from Duke Extrusion of Santa Cruz, Calif.), polyether soft blocks coupled with polyester hard blocks vinyls such as PVC, PVDC, polyimides (e.g., polyimides available from MicroLumen of Oldsmar, Fla.), polyamides (e.g., Durethan, available from Bayer, Nylon 12, available from Duke Extrusion of Santa Cruz, Calif.), polycarbonate (e.g., Corethane™, available from Corvita Corp. of Miami, Fla.), styrenics such as PS, SAN, ABS, and HIPS, acetals such as copolymers or homopolymers, PLA, PGA, PLGA, PCL, polyorthoesters, polyanhydrides, and copolymers thereof, high temperature performance polymers such as PEEK, PES, PPS, PSU, LCP, combinations thereof, and the like.

[0576] In some embodiments, the tubular structure 202 has an outer diameter between about 0.35 mm and about 0.65 mm (e.g., between about 0.4 mm and about 0.45 mm), between about 0.1 mm and about 0.5 mm (e.g., between about 0.25 mm and about 0.33 mm (e.g., about 0.0125 inches (approx. 0.318 mm))). In some embodiments, for example for use with peripheral vasculature, the tubular structure 202 has an outer diameter between about 0.5 mm and about 10 mm. In some embodiments, the tubular structure 202 has an inner diameter between about 0.2 mm and about 0.4 mm (e.g., about 0.25 mm). In some embodiments, the tubular structure 202 has a wall thickness t_w, or difference between the outer diameter (OD) and the inner diameter (ID) (OD−ID=t_w) between about 0.001 inches (approx. 0.025 mm) and about 0.02 inches (approx. 0.5 mm).

[0577] In some embodiments, the tubular structure 202 has a length between about 2 feet (approx. 61 cm) and about 10 feet (approx. 305 cm) (e.g., about 7 feet (approx. 213 cm)). In some embodiments, the tubular structure 202 has a length between about 80 cm and about 210 cm, between about 80 cm and about 120 cm, between about 120 cm and about 150 cm, between about 150 cm and about 210 cm (e.g., about 180 cm). The length of the proximal portion 200 may at least partially depend on a length desired to reach somewhat proximate to a treatment site (e.g., proximal to the treatment site at least by the length of the distal portion 100). For example, a length between about 80 cm and about 120 cm may be useful for treating peripheral vasculature, a length between about 120 cm and about 150 cm may be useful for treating coronary vasculature, and a length between about 180 cm and about 210 cm (e.g., about 180 cm) may be useful for treating neurovasculature. In some embodiments, the tubular structure 202 has a length greater than about 6 feet (approx. 183 cm).

[0578] At least some of the slits 204 include a first slit portion 204a and a second slit portion 204b with struts or stems or anchor points 206 between the first slit portion 204a and the second slit portion 204b. The struts 206 illustrated in FIGS. 12A and 12B are circumferentially between about 175° and about 185° (e.g., about 180°) apart and act as pivot points or anchor points for the tubular structure 202. Other circumferential spacing is also possible, for example to provide more flexibility in one of the two degrees of freedom provided by that slit.

[0579] The slits 204 illustrated in FIGS. 12A and 12B are at an angle with respect to the longitudinal axis of the tubular structure 202. In some embodiments, the angle is between about 95° and about 115° (e.g., the slits 204 are not transverse to the longitudinal axis). In some embodiments, the angle is about 90° (e.g., the slits are transverse to the longitudinal axis).

[0580] In some embodiments, forming the slits 204 includes laser cutting the tubular structure 202. In certain such embodiments, the laser is programmed to cut all the way through a wall of the tubular structure 202. The slit 204 may be thin enough that the laser can cut the entire slit 204 in one pass, or the slit 204 may be thick enough that the laser creates an outline of the slit 204, which can remove the material between the outline. Other methods of forming the slits 204 are also possible (e.g., mechanical cutting, lithographic patterning, etc.).

[0581] FIG. 14C is a schematic front elevational view of an example embodiment of a proximal portion 6605 of a vascular treatment device. As described herein, certain features of a cut pattern can inhibit or avoid pinch points such that in some implementations the outer surface of the hypotube 6515 can remain uncovered. In some embodiments, the hypotube 6515 can include an outer coating 6520 due to being coated (e.g., dip-coated, spray coated, polymer extruded) with a polymer (e.g., to a thickness between about 0.0001 inches and about 0.0002 inches (approx. between about 0.0025 mm and about 0.0051 mm)). In some embodiments, the inner walls of the hypotube 6515 can include a coating 6310 (e.g., a hydrophilic coating or a hydrophobic coating) due to being coated (e.g., dip-coated, spray coated, polymer extruded) with a polymer (e.g., to a thickness between about 0.0001 inches and about 0.0002 inches (approx. between about 0.0025 mm and about 0.0051 mm)). The inner coating 6510 may be the same or different than the outer coating 6520. In some embodiments, a parameter of a coating (e.g., material, thickness, durometer, etc.) may be varied to vary flexibility of the catheter. The catheter may include a working lumen 6305. The variation may be instead of or in addition to (e.g., complementary to) variation in the cut pattern in the hypotube 6515.

[0582] In some embodiments, a hypotube 6515 with a cut pattern as described herein may be used as a catheter (e.g., a microcatheter, a distal access microcatheter, a guide catheter) including an inner lumen 6505. In some embodiments, a hypotube 6515 with a cut pattern as described herein, with or without other layers such as an inner coating and/or an outer coating, may be used for a portion of a catheter or any other tubular device that might benefit from an advantage provided thereby. For example, the hypotube 6515 may be used as a pusher wire for a stent deployment system. For another example, the hypotube 6515 may be used as an outer sheath for vascular treatment system. For further examples, the hypotube 6515 may be used as a tracheostomy tube, an endoscopy tube, a colonoscope, a laparoscope, a trans-esophageal echo (TEE) probe, a ventriculostomy catheter, a chest tube, a central venous catheter, a cooling catheter, etc.

[0583] FIG. 14D is a schematic side partial cross-sectional view of an example embodiment of a balloon catheter 6550. The balloon catheter 6550 may be, for example, a balloon guide catheter or a distal access microcatheter including a balloon. The balloon catheter 6550 can be used, for example, for angioplasty (e.g., plain old balloon angioplasty (POBA), drug-coated balloon (DCB, DEB) angioplasty), atherectomy (e.g., if the balloon 6530 comprises a cutting balloon, expansion of a endoprosthesis (e.g., stent, valve), temporary flow arrest during mechanical thrombectomy, thrombus aspiration, proximal embolic protection device, other devices, etc.

[0584] The balloon catheter 6550 comprises a hypotube 6515 and a balloon 6530. The hypotube 6515 includes a lumen 6505 configured to inflate and/or deflate the balloon 6530. At least part of the length of the hypotube 6515 includes a cut pattern 6525, for example the staggered and offset interspersed cut pattern as described herein, which can provide at least one of flexibility, torquability, etc. as described herein to the balloon catheter 6530. The cut pattern may be angled or non-angled (e.g., as shown in FIG. 14D). Other variations of the cut patterns described herein are also possible. In the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 14D, the part of the hypotube 6515 radially inward of the balloon 6532 includes the cut pattern, and, for clarity in illustration, the parts of the hypotube 6515 proximal and distal to the balloon 6530 are illustrated without a cut pattern. Fluid (e.g., air, water, saline, etc.) used to inflate the balloon 6530 can traverse between the lumen 6505 and the interior volume of the balloon 6535 through the kerfs 6540 of the cut pattern. In some embodiments, the part of the hypotube 6515 radially inward of the balloon 6532 includes a different cut pattern (e.g., configured to deliver fluid).

[0585] In the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 14D, the parts of the hypotube 6515 proximal and/or distal to the balloon 6530 include the cut pattern (not shown), an outer coating 6520, and an inner coating 6510. For example, parts proximal to the balloon 6528 may include the cut pattern and parts distal to the balloon 6536 may not include the cut pattern. The inner coating 6510 and/or the outer coating 6520 occlude the kerfs 6540, which can allow the fluid to flow through the lumen 6505 to the part including the balloon 6530. FIG. 14C may be a cross-section of the balloon catheter 6550 across the line 14C-14C in FIG. 14D, which is at a point along the hypotube 6515 that does not include kerfs. In some embodiments, the hypotube 6515 includes only one of the inner coating 6510 and the outer coating 6520. In some embodiments, different parts of the hypotube 6515 proximal and distal to the balloon 6530 comprise one or both of the inner coating 6510 and the outer coating 6520. In some embodiments, parts of the hypotube 6515 do not include the inner coating 6510 or the outer coating 6520, but the kerfs 6540 are occluded by a polymer. For example, the polymer may be flush with the inner and/or outer surfaces of the hypotube 6515. In embodiments in which the balloon 6530 is at the distal end of the hypotube 6515, the parts of the hypotube 6515 distal to the balloon 6536 are short, do not exist, and/or do not include the cut pattern. In certain such embodiments, parts of the hypotube 6515 distal to the balloon 6536 do not include the cut pattern, the outer coating 6520, and/or the inner coating 6510. In some embodiments, parts of the hypotube 6515 without the cut pattern do not include the inner coating 6510 or the outer coating 6520, for example because those parts do not include kerfs 6540. The distal end of the hypotube 6515 may be occluded, for example by a polymer, solder, crimping, a plug, combinations thereof, and the like. In some embodiments, the distal end of the balloon catheter 6536 comprises an atraumatic polymer tip 6538 including a tapered inner diameter. In certain such embodiments, a second catheter (e.g., a distal access catheter or a microcatheter) and/or a third catheter (e.g., a distal access catheter or a microcatheter) may be inserted through a working lumen created by the hypotube 6515. The outer diameter (e.g., 6 Fr) of the second catheter and/or the third catheter is substantially similar to or at least as large as the inner diameter (e.g., 6 Fr) of the polymer tip, which can create an arcuate seal of the working lumen, which can allow inflation of the balloon 6530 without permanent occlusion. A proximal segment of the hypotube 6515 where torque applied by an operator of the balloon catheter 6550 is the greatest may be configured to reduce kinking, for example comprising a strain relief (e.g., polymer sheath that may be the same as or different to the outer coating 6520), a braided structure, combinations thereof, and the like.

[0586] The hypotube 6515 can comprise hypotube materials, dimensions, etc. described herein. Portions of the balloon catheter 6550 (e.g., the balloon 6530, the inner coating 6510, the outer coating 6520) may comprise a biomedical polymer, for example, silicone, polyurethane (e.g., Polyslix, available from Duke Extrusion of Santa Cruz, Calif.), polyethylene (e.g., Rexell®, available from Huntsman) including low density polyethylene (LDPE), linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE), medium density polyethylene (MDPE), and high density polyethylene (HDPE), fluoropolymers such as fluorinated ethylene propylene, PFA, MFA, PVDF, THV, ETFE, PCTFE, ECTFE (e.g., Teflon® FEP, available from DuPont), polypropylene, polyesters including polyethylene terephthalate (PET), PBT, PETG (e.g., Hytrel®, available from DuPont), PTFE, combination polymer compounds such as thermoplastic polyurethanes and polyether block amides (e.g., Propell™ available from Foster Corporation of Putnam, Conn.), polyether block amides (e.g. Pebax® available from Arkema of Colombes, France, PebaSlix, available from Duke Extrusion of Santa Cruz, Calif.), polyether soft blocks coupled with polyester hard blocks vinyls such as PVC, PVDC, polyimides (e.g., polyimides available from MicroLumen of Oldsmar, Fla.), polyamides (e.g., Durethan, available from Bayer, Nylon 12, available from Duke Extrusion of Santa Cruz, Calif.), polycarbonate (e.g., Corethane™, available from Corvita Corp. of Miami, Fla.), styrenics such as PS, SAN, ABS, and HIPS, acetals such as copolymers or homopolymers, PLA, PGA, PLGA, PCL, polyorthoesters, polyanhydrides, and copolymers thereof, high temperature performance polymers such as PEEK, PES, PPS, PSU, LCP, combinations thereof, and the like. In some embodiments, the balloon catheter 6550 comprises radiopaque markers 6542, 6548, proximate to the proximal and distal ends of the balloon 6530. For example, as illustrated in FIG. 14D, the radiopaque markers 6542, 6544, 6546, 6548, comprise filled in kerfs (e.g., as described in further detail with respect to FIG. 19B). In the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 14D, the balloon catheter 6530 comprises a plurality of radiopaque markers 6549 at regular intervals, which may help to measure clot length, degree or length of a stenosis in a vessel, diameter of a vessel, dimensions of an aneurysm arising from a vessel (e.g., the mouth of the aneurysm), etc. for intra-operative decision making on device selection.

[0587] FIG. 15A is a schematic diagram illustrating an example embodiment of a cut pattern. The pattern includes two interspersed patterns: Pattern A, indicated by the shaded blocks, and Pattern B, indicated by the unshaded blocks. FIG. 15B is a schematic diagram illustrating an example embodiment of a portion of a cut pattern, Pattern A illustrated in FIG. 15A without Pattern B. FIG. 15C is a schematic diagram illustrating another example embodiment of a portion of a cut pattern, Pattern B illustrated in FIG. 15A without Pattern A.

[0588] Pattern A includes a series of arcuate slits 210 (including the slit halves 210a, 210b), 212 (including the slit halves 212a, 212b), 214 (including the slit halves 214a, 214b), 216 (including the slit halves 216a, 216b), etc. Pattern B includes a series of arcuate slits 220 (including the slit halves 220a, 220b), 222 (including the slit halves 222a, 222b), 224 (including the slit halves 224a, 224b), 226 (including the slit halves 226a, 226b), 228 (including the slit halves 228a, 228b), etc. The slits 210, 220, et al. are not fully arcuate) (360°, which would cut the tubular structure 202 in two pieces, but are interrupted by two stems or struts or anchor points (e.g., the stems 221a, 221b between the slit halves 220a, 220b, the stems 211a, 211b between the slit halves 210a, 210b) circumferentially spaced about 180° apart by the two halves of an arcuate slit. When the slits 210 are perpendicular to the longitudinal axis, a row is defined by slit halves 210a, 210b around that circumference. When the slits 210 are angled other than perpendicular to the longitudinal axis, a row is defined by slit halves 210a, 210b and stems 211a, 211b therebetween that have traversed a full circumference of the tubular structure 202.